WO2019192000A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019192000A1
WO2019192000A1 PCT/CN2018/082055 CN2018082055W WO2019192000A1 WO 2019192000 A1 WO2019192000 A1 WO 2019192000A1 CN 2018082055 W CN2018082055 W CN 2018082055W WO 2019192000 A1 WO2019192000 A1 WO 2019192000A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
positioning
cell
base station
assistance data
terminal device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2018/082055
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李晨琬
于映辉
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2018/082055 priority Critical patent/WO2019192000A1/en
Publication of WO2019192000A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019192000A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a communication method and apparatus.
  • the target cell is selected from the neighboring cells of the camping cell to perform cell reselection, and the cell reselection can be performed mainly by: .
  • the terminal device performs cell reselection according to the R criterion.
  • the terminal device calculates the R value of the camped cell and the neighboring cell, where the R value is determined according to the reference signal received power (RSRP) measurement value and the offset of the inter-frequency of the cell, The R values of the neighboring cell and the neighboring cell are sorted, and the cell with the largest R value is selected.
  • RSRP reference signal received power
  • the priority of the camping cell and the neighboring cell is different, and the terminal equipment performs cell reselection according to the signal quality of the cell.
  • the terminal device measures the signal quality of the neighboring cell, and if the signal quality of the neighboring cell is greater than the first threshold, the neighboring cell is selected.
  • the neighboring cell is selected when the terminal device determines that the signal level or quality of the currently camped cell is equal to or lower than the second threshold, and the signal quality of the neighboring cell is greater than the first threshold.
  • the positioning service that is, whether the target cell after the reselection broadcasts the positioning system message has randomness, and the probability of being able to reselect the target cell supporting the positioning service is small; and after the terminal device cell is reselected, after receiving the reselection
  • the positioning system message of the target cell after performing cell reselection, can only obtain a high-precision solution when the information of the positioning system message broadcasted by the target cell is received and saved after the terminal device is reselected to the target cell. High-precision positioning is performed, that is, after the terminal device performs cell reselection, the positioning cannot be performed immediately, so that the positioning service of the terminal device is interrupted.
  • the present application provides a communication method and apparatus for solving the problem that the probability of the terminal equipment being reselected to the target cell supporting the positioning service is small in the prior art.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which may be performed by a terminal device, a chip or chip system in a terminal device, or a device such as a cloud device, where the method includes: the terminal device from the candidate cell set Selecting one candidate cell as the target cell, the candidate cell set including at least one candidate cell; the terminal device reselecting from the source cell to the target cell, where the target cell is a cell supporting a positioning service, the source The cell is a cell in which the terminal device camps before cell reselection.
  • the above method can ensure that the terminal device can still perform positioning after switching to the target cell, because the target cell supports the location service.
  • the priority of the target cell is not lower than the priority of the source cell, where the target cell is the candidate cell with the highest priority among the candidate cell sets, where the source cell and the source cell are For any candidate cell, the priority of the cell supporting the positioning service is higher than the priority of the cell not supporting the positioning service.
  • the target cell reselects the target cell to support the location service when the cell is reselected, so that the terminal device can perform positioning after the cell reselection.
  • the priority is obtained by the terminal device from system broadcast or unicast, and the priority includes a priority of the source cell and a part or all of a priority of the candidate cell. .
  • the terminal device can quickly and conveniently obtain the priority of the source cell and the priority of the candidate cell, and can select the target cell more conveniently and efficiently, and can improve the efficiency of cell reselection.
  • the R value of the target cell is higher than the R value of the source cell, where the target cell is a candidate cell with the highest R value calculated based on the R criterion in the candidate cell set, the candidate cell
  • the R value calculated based on the R criterion is determined according to the positioning offset of the candidate cell
  • the R value calculated by the R criterion based on the source cell is determined according to the positioning offset of the source cell.
  • the R value is determined according to the positioning offset amount, when determining the target cell, it may be considered whether the cell supports the positioning service, and the selected target cell supports the positioning service, so that the terminal device cannot be reselected after the cell is reselected.
  • the case of positioning since the R value is determined according to the positioning offset amount, when determining the target cell, it may be considered whether the cell supports the positioning service, and the selected target cell supports the positioning service, so that the terminal device cannot be reselected after the cell is reselected. The case of positioning.
  • the positioning offset is obtained by the terminal device from system broadcast or unicast, and the positioning offset includes a positioning offset of the source cell and the candidate The positioning offset of the cell is partially or completely.
  • the terminal device can quickly and conveniently obtain the priority of the source cell and the R value of the candidate cell, and can select the target cell more conveniently and efficiently, and can improve the efficiency of cell reselection.
  • the R value calculation of the source cell meets the following formula requirements:
  • R s Q meas,s +Q Hyst -Qoffset temp+ offsetpos
  • Q meas, s is a reference signal received power RSRP measurement value of the source cell
  • Q Hyst is a hysteresis amount of the source cell
  • Qoffset temp is a temporary compensation value of the source cell
  • Offsetpos is a source cell Positioning offset
  • the R value calculation of the candidate cell meets the following formula requirements:
  • R n Q meas,n -Qoffset-Qoffset temp+ offsetpos
  • Q meas, n is an RSRP measurement value of the candidate cell
  • Qoffset is an offset of the candidate cell
  • Qoffset temp represents a temporary compensation value for the candidate cell
  • Offsetpos is a positioning offset of the candidate cell. the amount.
  • the calculation of the R value takes into consideration the signal quality and the positioning offset of the cell, so that the target cell signal quality determined according to the R value is good, and the probability of supporting the positioning service is also increased, and it is more likely to avoid the terminal device.
  • the R value calculation of the source cell meets the following formula requirements:
  • R s Q meas,s +Q Hyst -Qoffset temp -offsetpos
  • Q meas s is the RSRP measurement value of the source cell
  • Q Hyst is the hysteresis amount of the source cell
  • Qoffset temp is the temporary compensation value of the source cell
  • Offsetpos is the positioning offset of the source cell.
  • the R value calculation of the candidate cell meets the following formula requirements:
  • R n Q meas,n -Qoffset-Qoffset temp -offsetpos
  • Q meas, n is an RSRP measurement value of the candidate cell
  • Qoffset is an offset of the candidate cell
  • Qoffset temp represents a temporary compensation value for the candidate cell
  • Offsetpos is a positioning offset of the candidate cell. the amount.
  • the calculation of the R value takes into consideration the signal quality and the positioning offset of the cell, so that the target cell signal quality determined according to the R value is good, and the probability of supporting the positioning service is also increased, and the terminal device is prevented from reselecting the cell. It is not possible to perform positioning afterwards.
  • the present application provides a method and an apparatus for locating a terminal device to generate an interruption problem in a terminal device after performing cell reselection in the prior art.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which may be performed by a terminal device, a chip or a chip system in a terminal device, or a device such as a cloud device, where the method includes: receiving, by the terminal device, the first positioning assistance. Data and second positioning assistance data, wherein the first positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the terminal device from the source cell to the target cell before the target cell, the second positioning assistance data Positioning assistance data sent by the target cell after the terminal device reselects from the source cell to the target cell; the terminal device performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data.
  • the first positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the terminal device from the source cell to the target cell before the target cell
  • the second positioning assistance data Positioning assistance data sent by the target cell after the terminal device reselects from the source cell to the target cell
  • the terminal device performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data.
  • the first location assistance data sent by the target cell is received by the terminal device before the source cell is reselected to the target cell, and the first received before the cell is reselected.
  • the positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data received after the reselection are positioned to ensure that the positioning service of the terminal device is not interrupted.
  • the terminal device before the terminal device performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data, the terminal device first determines a positioning reference station of the target cell and the source cell.
  • the positioning reference station is different.
  • the terminal device may perform positioning by using the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data, and the terminal device may be secured. After the cell is reselected, the positioning service is continued without interruption.
  • the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and the terminal device is configured according to the second positioning assistance data and the third positioning assistance data.
  • the positioning is performed, wherein the third positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data that is sent by the source cell before the terminal device switches to the target cell, and is saved by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and the third positioning reference information received by the terminal device from the source cell before reselection is still
  • the continuation can be continued, and the positioning can be continued by using the second positioning assistance data and the third positioning assistance data, so that the positioning service of the terminal device is not interrupted.
  • the terminal device before determining whether the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, determines a positioning reference station of the target cell and the source cell. Positioning a reference station, the terminal device reads the first positioning assistance data; and then determining a positioning reference station of the target cell according to the first positioning assistance data; the terminal device determining, according to the third positioning assistance data, a positioning reference station of the source cell, where the third positioning assistance data is positioning positioning data that is sent by the source cell and is sent by the source cell before the terminal device switches to the target cell.
  • the terminal device can quickly and conveniently determine the positioning reference station of the target cell and the source cell according to the first positioning assistance data and the third positioning assistance data.
  • the terminal device determines that the target cell meets part or all of the following conditions:
  • the signal quality of the target cell is greater than a set threshold
  • Condition 2 the priority of the target cell is higher than the priority of the source cell
  • Condition 3 The R value of the target cell is higher than the R value of the source cell
  • Condition 4 The target cell supports a positioning service
  • the operation of determining the positioning reference station of the target cell needs to be performed may be performed according to the preset condition, if the preset reference condition is not met,
  • the positioning reference station of the target cell may be undefined, so that the manner of determining the positioning reference station of the target cell is more flexible.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, the terminal device deletes the first positioning assistance data.
  • the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and deleting the first positioning assistance data can effectively save storage space.
  • the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data are unicast or broadcasted by the target cell
  • the third positioning assistance data is the source cell unicast or broadcast.
  • a plurality of manners of receiving positioning assistance data are provided, and positioning or determining a positioning reference station is performed by the received positioning assistance data.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which may be performed by a terminal device, a chip or a chip system in a terminal device, or a device such as a cloud device, where the method includes: the terminal device switches from the source cell to the source device. After the target cell is determined to be different from the positioning reference station of the source cell, the terminal device receives the first positioning assistance data sent by the source cell, and the terminal device is configured according to the first location assistance. The data and the second positioning assistance data are used for positioning, wherein the second positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the source cell before the source cell is switched to the target cell and saved by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device switches from the source cell to the target cell, if the location reference station of the target cell is different from the location reference station of the source cell, the first location system message of the source cell is still received and utilized. The saved second positioning system message is located, so that the positioning service of the terminal device is not interrupted.
  • the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell; and the terminal device is configured according to the second positioning assistance data and the third positioning assistance data.
  • the third positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the target cell that is received by the terminal device after being switched from the source cell to the target cell.
  • the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, the third positioning assistance data received by the terminal device in the target cell may be directly used and utilized.
  • the third positioning system message can continue to be located, so that the positioning service of the terminal device does not interrupt.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device determines the positioning reference station of the target cell and the positioning reference station of the source cell, the terminal device first reads the first positioning assistance data; and then according to the first positioning The auxiliary data determines a positioning reference station of the source cell; the terminal device determines a positioning reference station of the target cell according to the third positioning assistance data.
  • the terminal device can quickly and conveniently determine the positioning reference station of the target cell and the source cell according to the positioning assistance data in the positioning system message.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, the terminal device deletes the second positioning system message.
  • the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and deleting the second positioning system message can effectively save storage space.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which may be performed by a terminal device, a chip or a chip system in a terminal device, or a device such as a cloud device, where the method includes: the terminal device switches from the source cell to the source device. After the target cell, the terminal device stores first positioning assistance data, where the first positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the source cell before the terminal device switches from the source cell to the target cell; After determining that the positioning reference station of the target cell is different from the positioning reference station of the source cell, the terminal device performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data.
  • the terminal device does not delete the first positioning assistance data, so that after the terminal device is switched from the source cell to the target cell, the terminal device may perform positioning according to the first positioning assistance data, and the positioning service of the terminal device may be ensured. Interrupted.
  • the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell; and the terminal device performs, according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data.
  • Positioning, the second positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the target cell that is received by the terminal device after being switched from the source cell to the target cell.
  • the terminal device may use the second positioning assistance data to update the first positioning assistance data to achieve positioning. After the terminal device is switched from the source cell to the target cell, the positioning service is not interrupted.
  • the terminal device before determining whether the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, the terminal device needs to first determine a positioning reference station and the source cell of the target cell. Positioning reference station, the terminal device is preferred to read the first positioning assistance data; and then determining a positioning reference station of the source cell according to the first positioning assistance data; the terminal device determining according to the second positioning assistance data a positioning reference station of the target cell, where the second positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the target cell that is received by the terminal device after being switched from the source cell to the target cell.
  • the terminal device can quickly and conveniently determine the positioning reference station of the target cell and the source cell according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data.
  • the terminal device may continue to receive the second positioning assistance data, and if the terminal device can perform positioning according to the second positioning assistance data, And performing positioning according to the second positioning assistance data, or stopping positioning according to the first positioning assistance data.
  • the terminal device can perform positioning by using the second positioning assistance data when the positioning is performed according to the second positioning assistance data, so that the positioning service of the terminal device can be highly accurate.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data, the terminal device deletes the first positioning assistance data.
  • the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and deleting the first positioning assistance data can effectively save storage space.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which may be performed by a base station, a chip or chip system in a base station, or a device such as a cloud device, where the method includes: the source base station receives an indication sent by the terminal device. a message, the indication message is used to indicate that the terminal device needs to locate auxiliary data, and the source base station sends a handover request to the target base station when determining that the cell needs to be switched, where the handover request includes a request for requesting positioning assistance data. Instructing the source base station to receive the positioning assistance data or the first positioning indication message sent by the target base station, where the first positioning indication message is used to indicate the positioning reference station of the target base station and the positioning reference station of the source base station the same.
  • the source base station may first request the positioning assistance data from the target base station, and may ensure that the terminal device acquires the positioning assistance data in advance before switching to the target base station, so that the terminal device is in the After the handover to the target base station, the positioning can be performed, and the positioning service of the terminal device is not interrupted.
  • the source base station after the source base station receives the positioning assistance data sent by the target base station, the source base station sends the positioning assistance data to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device acquires the positioning assistance data in advance before switching to the target base station, so that the terminal device can perform positioning after switching to the target base station, and the positioning service of the terminal device is not interrupted.
  • the source base station determines, before the source base station sends the received positioning assistance data to the terminal device, the source base station determines Positioning the reference station of the target base station; determining that the positioning reference station of the target base station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station, wherein the positioning reference station of the source base station is the source base station according to the source base station The positioning aid data is determined.
  • the source base station may send the positioning assistance data after the positioning reference station of the target base station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station, so that the terminal device acquires the positioning assistance data in advance, and can Ensure that the terminal device does not interrupt the positioning service after switching the cell.
  • the source base station may determine the positioning reference station of the target base station according to the positioning assistance data sent by the target base station.
  • the source base station can conveniently and quickly determine the positioning reference station of the target base station by reading the positioning assistance data.
  • the source base station determines the positioning reference station of the target base station, if the handover request carries the first request information, the first request information is used to request the target base station. Locating the reference station information; the source base station receives the first feedback message sent by the target base station, where the first feedback message includes positioning reference station information of the target base station; and the source base station determines according to the first feedback message A positioning reference station of the target base station.
  • the source base station can conveniently and quickly determine the positioning reference station of the target base station by sending the first requesting cell.
  • the indication information includes at least one of the following: a type of positioning assistance data, a GNSS ID, and positioning reference station information of the source base station.
  • the request indication includes a type of at least one of the following positioning assistance data, the GNSS ID, positioning reference station information of the source base station.
  • the first positioning indication message includes at least one of the following: a GNSS ID, positioning reference station information of the target base station.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which may be performed by a base station, a chip or a chip system in a base station, or a device such as a cloud device, where the method includes: the target base station receives the handover sent by the source base station. a request, the handover request includes a request message for requesting positioning assistance data, and the target base station sends positioning assistance data or a first positioning indication message to the source base station, where the first positioning indication message is used to indicate the The positioning reference station of the target base station is the same as the positioning reference station of the source base station.
  • the target base station can send the positioning assistance data to the source base station in advance, and can ensure that the terminal device acquires the positioning assistance data in advance before switching to the target base station, so that the terminal device can switch to the target base station after being switched to the target base station.
  • the positioning service of the terminal device is not interrupted.
  • the target base station determines a positioning reference station of the source base station according to the request message, where the request indication includes the source Positioning reference station information of the base station; the target base station determines that the positioning reference station of the target base station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station, wherein the positioning reference station of the target base station is the target base station according to the target base station Positioning assistance data determined.
  • the target base station sends the positioning assistance data to the source base station in advance if the positioning reference station of the target base station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station, so that the terminal device can be switched to the target.
  • the positioning assistance data is obtained in advance, so that the terminal device can perform positioning after switching to the target base station, and the positioning service of the terminal device is not interrupted.
  • the target base station first locates an indication message to the source base station, and the target base station determines a positioning reference station of the source base station according to the request message, where the request indication includes the source Positioning reference station information of the base station; when the target base station determines that the positioning reference station of the target base station is the same as the positioning reference station of the source base station, the first positioning indication message is sent to the source base station, where the positioning reference station of the target base station is The target base station is determined according to positioning assistance data of the target base station.
  • the target base station sends the first location indication message when the location reference station of the target base station is the same as the location reference station of the source base station, which ensures that the terminal device does not locate the service after switching the cell. Interrupted.
  • the handover request carries the first request information
  • the first request information is used to request positioning reference station information of the target base station; and the target base station sends the information to the source base station.
  • a first feedback message where the first feedback message includes positioning reference station information of the target base station.
  • the target base station may send the positioning reference station information of the target base station to the source base station by using the first feedback message, so that the source base station can conveniently acquire the positioning reference station information of the target base station.
  • the request indication includes a type of at least one of the following positioning assistance data, the GNSS ID, positioning reference station information of the source base station.
  • the first positioning indication message includes at least one of the following: a GNSS ID, positioning reference station information of the target base station.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which may be performed by a terminal device, a chip or a chip system in a terminal device, or a device such as a cloud device, where the method includes: determining, by the terminal device, that positioning is required. And an indication message sent to the source base station, where the indication message is used to indicate that the terminal device needs to locate the auxiliary data; and the terminal device receives the positioning assistance data sent by the source base station.
  • the terminal device acquires the positioning assistance data in advance before switching to the target base station, so that the terminal device can perform positioning after switching to the target base station, and the positioning service of the terminal device is not interrupted.
  • the terminal device determines a positioning reference station of the target base station according to the positioning assistance data; the terminal device according to the received The source base station sends the positioning assistance data to determine the positioning reference station of the source base station; and the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target base station is the same as the positioning reference station of the source base station, and deletes the positioning assistance data; otherwise, the storage station Positioning assistance data.
  • the positioning assistance data is saved in advance, so that the terminal device can perform the handover after switching to the target base station. Positioning, the positioning service of the terminal device is not interrupted.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a terminal, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the first aspect, and details are not described herein again.
  • the device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method examples of the first aspect described above.
  • the functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the structure of the device includes a selection unit and a processing unit, and the units can perform the corresponding functions in the method example of the first aspect. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, which is not described herein.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a terminal, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the first aspect, and details are not described herein again.
  • the structure of the communication device includes a processor and a memory, the processor being configured to support the terminal to perform a corresponding function in the method of the first aspect described above.
  • the memory is coupled to the processor, which stores program instructions and data necessary for the terminal, and the communication device further includes a transceiver for communicating with other devices.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a terminal, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the second aspect, and details are not described herein again.
  • the device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method examples of the second aspect described above.
  • the functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the structure of the device includes a transmission unit and a processing unit, and the units can perform the corresponding functions in the method example of the second aspect. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, which is not described herein.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a terminal, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the second aspect, and details are not described herein again.
  • the structure of the communication device includes a processor and a memory, the processor being configured to support the terminal to perform a corresponding function in the method of the second aspect described above.
  • the memory is coupled to the processor, which stores program instructions and data necessary for the terminal, and the communication device further includes a transceiver for communicating with other devices.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a terminal, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the third aspect, and details are not described herein again.
  • the device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method examples of the third aspect above.
  • the functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the structure of the device includes a transmission unit and a processing unit, and the units can perform the corresponding functions in the method example of the foregoing third aspect. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, which is not described herein.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a terminal, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the third aspect, and details are not described herein again.
  • the structure of the communication device includes a processor and a memory, the processor being configured to support the terminal to perform a corresponding function in the method of the third aspect described above.
  • the memory is coupled to the processor, which stores program instructions and data necessary for the terminal, and the communication device further includes a transceiver for communicating with other devices.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a terminal, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the fourth aspect, and details are not described herein again.
  • the device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method examples of the above fourth aspect.
  • the functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the structure of the device includes a transmission unit and a processing unit, and the units can perform the corresponding functions in the method example of the foregoing fourth aspect. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, which is not described herein.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a terminal, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the fourth aspect, and details are not described herein again.
  • the structure of the communication device includes a processor and a memory, the processor being configured to support the terminal to perform a corresponding function in the method of the fourth aspect described above.
  • the memory is coupled to the processor, which stores program instructions and data necessary for the terminal, and the communication device further includes a transceiver for communicating with other devices.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a base station, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the fifth aspect, and details are not described herein again.
  • the device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method example of the above fifth aspect.
  • the functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the structure of the device includes a transmission unit and a processing unit, and the units can perform the corresponding functions in the method example of the foregoing fifth aspect. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, which is not described herein.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a base station, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the fifth aspect, and details are not described herein again.
  • the structure of the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and the processor is configured to support the terminal to perform a corresponding function in the method of the above fifth aspect.
  • the memory is coupled to the processor, which stores program instructions and data necessary for the terminal.
  • the communication device also includes a communication interface for communicating with other devices.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a base station, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the sixth aspect, and details are not described herein again.
  • the device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method example of the sixth aspect above.
  • the functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the structure of the device includes a transmission unit and a processing unit, and the units can perform the corresponding functions in the method example of the sixth aspect. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, which is not described herein.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a base station, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the sixth aspect, and details are not described herein again.
  • the structure of the communication device includes a processor and a memory, the processor being configured to support the terminal to perform a corresponding function in the method of the sixth aspect described above.
  • the memory is coupled to the processor, which stores program instructions and data necessary for the terminal.
  • the communication device also includes a communication interface for communicating with other devices.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a terminal, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the seventh aspect, and details are not described herein again.
  • the device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method example of the seventh aspect described above.
  • the functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the structure of the device includes a transmission unit and a processing unit, and the units can perform the corresponding functions in the method example of the foregoing seventh aspect. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, which is not described herein.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a terminal, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the seventh aspect, and details are not described herein again.
  • the structure of the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and the processor is configured to support the terminal to perform a corresponding function in the method of the above seventh aspect.
  • the memory is coupled to the processor, which stores program instructions and data necessary for the terminal, and the communication device further includes a transceiver for communicating with other devices.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a computer readable storage medium, including program instructions, when executed on a computer, causing the computer to perform any of the above aspects or any of the above aspects. .
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a computer chip, where the chip is connected to a memory, and is configured to read and execute a software program stored in the memory, so that the computer performs any of the above aspects or the foregoing Any of the aspects provided by the design.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application.
  • 4A is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application.
  • 4B is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application.
  • 4C is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application.
  • 6 to 11 are schematic structural diagrams of a communication device provided by the present application.
  • Positioning system message data required by the user equipment during positioning, wherein the positioning system message includes positioning assistance data, satellite information, reference station information, reference time information, and the like.
  • Positioning auxiliary data, the data required by the user equipment for positioning, and the positioning assistance data required for different positioning methods are different.
  • the user equipment can perform positioning calculation using the positioning assistance data.
  • a source cell and a target cell where the source cell is a serving cell or a camping cell in which the terminal device currently resides; the target cell is a cell to which the terminal device needs to be handed over when performing cell reselection, and the target cell may be the The neighboring cell of the source cell.
  • Positioning the reference station, the positioning system message broadcasted by the cell is received from a positioning reference station, the positioning reference station may indicate the source of the positioning system message broadcast by the cell, and the positioning reference station of the cell indicates the positioning system message broadcast by the cell.
  • Source The cell is not limited to the source cell and the target cell; the positioning reference station of the base station identifies the source of the positioning system message broadcast by the base station, and the base station is not limited to the source base station and the target base station.
  • the positioning offset is related to whether the cell supports the positioning service, and the value used to represent the positioning service quality of the cell may be set according to a specific scenario. For example, the positioning offset of the cell supporting the positioning service is greater than zero. A positive number, the positioning offset of the cell that does not support the positioning service is zero.
  • the R value is determined by the positioning offset according to whether the cell supports the positioning service according to the positioning offset.
  • the R value of a cell is determined according to the positioning offset of the cell, and the cell is not limited. Source cell, target cell.
  • the candidate cell set is a set including at least one candidate cell, and the cell in the candidate cell may be a positioning service or may not support a positioning service, and the candidate cell set may be the source cell.
  • the neighboring cell that is, the candidate cell may be a neighboring cell.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device is in the idle state, the terminal device does not establish a connection with the base station; when the terminal device is in the connected state, the terminal device establishes a connection with the base station, and can receive the information sent by the base station.
  • the network architecture is a 4G network architecture.
  • the network element in the 4G architecture includes a terminal device.
  • the terminal device is a user equipment (UE).
  • the network architecture also includes an MME, a serving GPRS support node (SGSN), an HSS, a serving gateway (S-GW), a packet data network gateway (PDN gateway, P-GW), Policy and charging rules function (PCRF) entity, evolved universal terrestrial radio access network (E-TURAN) enhanced service mobile location center (evolved serving mobile location center) , E-SMLC), gateway mobile location center (GMLC), and the like.
  • MME serving GPRS support node
  • HSS high-SS
  • S-GW serving gateway
  • PDN gateway packet data network gateway
  • PCRF Policy and charging rules function
  • E-TURAN evolved universal terrestrial radio access network
  • E-TURAN enhanced service mobile location center
  • E-SMLC gateway mobile location center
  • GMLC gateway mobile location center
  • the UEs in the embodiments of the present application are all devices including a mobile device (ME) and a security module, where the security module may be a universal integrated circuit card (UICC). It can also be a secure storage unit integrated in the ME.
  • the UICC includes a Universal Subscriber Identity Module (USIM).
  • the E-UTRAN is composed of a plurality of evolved base stations (eNodeBs), and the eNodeBs are interconnected by an X2 interface.
  • the eNodeB and the evolved packet core (EPC) exchange through the S1 interface, and the eNodeB and the UE Through long term evolution (LTE)-Uu interconnection.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • the main function of the MME is to support NAS signaling and its security, management of the track area (TA) list, selection of P-GW and S-GW, MME selection when switching across MMEs, and connection to 2G/3G.
  • TA track area
  • P-GW track area
  • S-GW selection of P-GW and S-GW
  • MME selection when switching across MMEs and connection to 2G/3G.
  • the SGSN is selected, the user's authentication, roaming control, and bearer management, and mobility management between the core network nodes of different access networks of the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP).
  • 3GPP 3rd generation partnership project
  • the S-GW is a gateway terminated on the E-UTRAN interface. Its main functions include: acting as a local anchor point when performing inter-base station handover, and assisting in completing the reordering function of the base station; as a mobile when switching between 3GPP different access systems sexual anchor; perform lawful interception; perform routing and forwarding of data packets; perform packet marking at the upstream and downstream transport layers; and be used for inter-operator billing.
  • the P-GW is a gateway that terminates the PDN to the SGi interface. If the UE accesses multiple PDNs, the UE will correspond to one or more P-GWs.
  • the main functions of the P-GW include a packet filtering function based on the user, a lawful interception function, an internet protocol (IP) address allocation function between the UEs, and a packet transmission level flag in the uplink. Perform uplink and downlink service level charging and service level threshold control, and perform service-based uplink and downlink rate control.
  • IP internet protocol
  • the HSS is a database for storing user subscription information, and the home network may include one or more HSSs.
  • the HSS is responsible for storing information related to the user, such as user identification, numbering and routing information, security information, location information, profile information, and the like.
  • the E-SMLC is used to support multiple positioning services of the user, and can also provide positioning assistance data for the user to transmit the positioning assistance data to the user.
  • the GMLC is the first node of the public land mobile network (PLMN) for the external location program to access the global system for mobile communication (GSM), which performs the registration authorization check and the home location register (home) Location register, HLR) Request routing information.
  • PLMN may have multiple GMLCs.
  • E-SMLC and GMLC can be used as servers to improve the scheduling information of positioning system messages or positioning system messages.
  • the external location service client (Extemal LCS Client) is an external node that can trigger positioning.
  • the network elements related to the present application are mainly: UE, E-UTRAN, E-SMLC, and GMLC.
  • the network architecture is a 5G network architecture.
  • the network element in the 5G architecture includes a terminal device.
  • the terminal device is a UE.
  • the network architecture also includes a radio access network (RAN), an AMF entity, a session management function (SMF), a user plane function (UPF), a UDM, an AUSF, and an ARPF (in FIG. 2). Not shown), SEAF (not shown in FIG. 2), data network (DN), E-SMLC (not shown in FIG. 2), GMLC (not shown in FIG. 2), and the like.
  • RAN radio access network
  • AMF session management function
  • UPF user plane function
  • ARPF ARPF
  • SEAF not shown in FIG. 2
  • DN data network
  • E-SMLC not shown in FIG. 2
  • GMLC not shown in FIG. 2
  • the main function of the RAN is to control the user's access to the mobile communication network through wireless.
  • the RAN is part of a mobile communication system. It implements a wireless access technology. Conceptually, it resides between devices (such as a mobile phone, a computer, or any remote controller) and provides connectivity to its core network.
  • RAN devices include, but are not limited to, (g nodeB, gNB), eNodeB, radio network controller (RNC), node B (NB), base station controller (BSC) in 5G.
  • BTS Base transceiver station
  • home base station for example, home evolved node B, or home node B, HNB
  • BBU baseband unit
  • TRP transmission and receiving point
  • TP transmission A point of convergence
  • mobile switching center etc.
  • AP wireless fidelity access point
  • the AMF entity is responsible for the access management and mobility management of the terminal. In practical applications, it includes the mobility management function in the MME in the network framework of LTE, and adds the access management function.
  • the SMF entity is responsible for session management, such as user session establishment.
  • the UPF entity is a functional network element of the user plane, and is mainly responsible for connecting to an external network, and includes related functions of an LTE serving gateway (SGW) and a public data network gateWay (PDN-GW).
  • SGW LTE serving gateway
  • PDN-GW public data network gateWay
  • the DN is responsible for providing services to the terminal. For example, some DNs provide Internet access for terminals, and other DNs provide SMS functions for terminals.
  • the SEAF entity is used to complete the authentication process for the UE. In 5G, the functions of the SEAF can be incorporated into the AMF entity.
  • the AUSF entity has an authentication service function for terminating the authentication function of the SEAF request.
  • the AMF network element is responsible for access management and mobility management of the terminal. In practical applications, it includes the mobility management function of the MME in LTE, and joins the access management function.
  • the ARPF entity has an authentication credential storage and processing function for storing a user's long-term authentication credential, such as a permanent key K.
  • a user's long-term authentication credential such as a permanent key K.
  • ARPF can be incorporated into UDM entities.
  • the UDM entity can store the subscriber's subscription information, implementing a backend similar to the HSS in 4G.
  • the E-SMLC is used to support multiple positioning services for users, and can also provide auxiliary data for users to transmit auxiliary data to users.
  • the GMLC accesses the first node of the GSM PLMN for the external location procedure, which performs registration authorization checks and requests routing information from the HLR.
  • a PLMN may have multiple GMLCs.
  • E-SMLC and GMLC can be connected to AMF, UPF, and SMF, and can be used as a server to improve positioning information of positioning system messages or positioning system messages.
  • the terminal device in the present application is a device with wireless transceiving function, which can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or on-board; it can also be deployed on the water surface (such as a ship, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air ( Such as airplanes, balloons and satellites, etc.).
  • the terminal device may be a mobile phone, a tablet, a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal, an augmented reality (AR) terminal, industrial control (industrial control) Wireless terminal, wireless terminal in self driving, wireless terminal in remote medical, wireless terminal in smart grid, wireless terminal in transport safety Wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and so on.
  • the network elements related to the present application are mainly: UE, RAN, E-SMLC, and GMLC.
  • the present application provides a method and a device for acquiring a system message, which are used to solve the problem that the existing system message acquisition method in the prior art is less flexible.
  • the method and the device are based on the same inventive concept. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repeated description is not repeated.
  • a terminal device is taken as an example to describe a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the application to the other types of devices.
  • the specific process of the method may include:
  • Step 301 When the terminal device is ready to perform cell reselection, select one candidate cell from the candidate cell set as the target cell.
  • Step 302 The terminal device reselects from the source cell to the target cell, where the target cell is a cell that supports a positioning service.
  • the candidate cell set includes a candidate cell that supports a positioning service, where the source cell is a cell that the terminal device camps before the cell reselection.
  • the terminal device may select a candidate cell with a priority higher than the priority of the source cell, and may also select an R value that is not lower than the R value of the source cell.
  • the terminal device may select a candidate cell with a priority higher than the priority of the source cell, and may also select an R value that is not lower than the R value of the source cell.
  • the first type the priority of the target cell is not lower than the priority of the source cell.
  • the terminal device determines a candidate cell whose priority is not lower than the priority of the source cell, and selects one candidate cell as the target cell from the candidate cells whose priority is not lower than the priority of the source cell.
  • the terminal device may select a candidate cell with the highest priority as the target cell.
  • the priority of a cell is related to whether the cell supports the positioning service, and the priority of the cell supporting the positioning service is higher than the priority of the cell not supporting the positioning service.
  • the priority of the candidate cell is directly set to the highest priority.
  • the cell or the frequency point supporting the positioning service or the broadcast positioning service may be regarded as having the highest priority, and then the cell reselection is performed according to the priority-based cell reselection rule.
  • the highest priority setting may be removed, and the reselection according to the normal cell or frequency point may also be considered as the lower priority cell or frequency point. And re-elect.
  • the terminal device determines that the candidate cell supports the location service
  • the terminal is set to a priority
  • the priority is set to be higher than the source cell.
  • the setting may be performed according to the signal quality of the candidate cell, and only if the candidate cell supports the positioning service, the priority is higher than the source cell.
  • the system broadcast or unicast of the cell may carry the priority of the cell (for example, the priority of the source cell and the priority of the candidate cell), for example, the system broadcast of the terminal device from the source cell or the RRC of the base station unicast
  • the priority of the source cell and the priority of the candidate cell obtained by the message or the LTE positioning protocol (LPP) message sent by the server, in the third mode, the priority of the cell may be determined by the server or the base station, For example, for any cell, if a cell supports a location service, the server directly sets the priority of the cell to the highest; after receiving the priority of the source cell and the priority of the candidate cell, the terminal device
  • the priorities of the cells are sorted, and the cell with the highest priority is selected as the target cell. That is, when the priority information is sent to the terminal, the cell or the frequency point supporting the positioning service may be set to the highest priority and sent to the terminal, and the support may be sent to the terminal according to whether the positioning service is set to the priority.
  • the serving cell or the source cell may broadcast or unicast a frequency point or a cell supporting the positioning service to the terminal device.
  • the priority configuration can also be the default configuration.
  • the cell reselection is performed according to the highest priority configuration. If not, follow the low priority or follow the normal cell reselection rules.
  • the cell or frequency point supporting the positioning service may also be considered as the lowest priority. For example, in some cases, such as a specific cell or frequency.
  • a cell supporting the location service in this application may be understood as a cell supporting a broadcast location service or a cell broadcasting positioning assistance data.
  • a terminal device supporting a positioning service can be understood as a terminal device that needs to locate auxiliary data or a terminal device that has positioning capability.
  • the cell in this application is a cell entity that the terminal device can camp on or serve, and may also be a frequency point. That is, the priority information or the offset amount may be a cell level or a frequency level.
  • the source cell in this application can be understood as a cell reselection or a cell before handover, such as a serving cell.
  • the target cell is a cell that is reselected or switched.
  • the terminal device determines that the candidate cell supports the location service. For example, the terminal device can receive the system message generated by the candidate cell, and when it is determined that the location system message is included, or the location assistance data is included, The candidate cell supports the location service; for example, the source cell may carry the cell information (such as the cell identifier) of the cell supporting the location service in the system broadcast or the unicast, and the terminal device receives the cell information of the cell that supports the location service sent by the source cell, A cell supporting the location service can be determined.
  • the source cell may carry the cell information (such as the cell identifier) of the cell supporting the location service in the system broadcast or the unicast, and the terminal device receives the cell information of the cell that supports the location service sent by the source cell, A cell supporting the location service can be determined.
  • the target cell is a candidate cell whose R value is not lower than the source cell, wherein the target cell includes a candidate cell whose R value is higher than the source cell, or the target cell has an R value equal to the source cell.
  • Candidate cell Or performing cell reselection based on cell ranking cell-ranking criteria.
  • the terminal device first determines the R values of the source cell and each candidate cell by using the positioning offset of the source cell and each candidate cell, respectively.
  • the terminal device performs cell reselection according to a cell ranking criterion. Specifically, for a cell supporting the positioning service, the cell reselection may be performed by using a positioning offset amount or a compensation value. That is, when the R value is calculated according to the R criterion, the positioning offset amount is used to calculate or determine the R value of each cell.
  • the positioning offset amount may be used to calculate the R value, and finally the cell with the highest cell ranking, that is, the cell with the highest R value is selected.
  • a positioning offset of a cell may be sent in a system broadcast or a unicast of a cell, for example, a RRC message sent by the terminal device from a system broadcast of a source cell or a unicast by a base station, or a unicast LPP message sent by a server.
  • the positioning offset of the source cell obtained in the medium; the terminal device can be more easily reselected to the cell supporting the positioning service.
  • Offsetpos is used to indicate the positioning offset of the cell, and in actual applications, Other names are not limited in this application.
  • the R value of the source cell meets the following formula:
  • Qmeas, s is a reference signal received power RSRP measurement value of the source cell
  • QHyst is a hysteresis amount of the source cell
  • Qoffsettemp is a temporary compensation value of the source cell
  • Offsetpos is a positioning offset of the source cell. the amount
  • the R value calculation of the candidate cell meets the following formula requirements:
  • n is the RSRP measurement value of the candidate cell
  • Qoffset is the offset of the candidate cell
  • Qoffsettemp represents the temporary compensation value for the candidate cell
  • Offsetpos is the positioning offset of the candidate cell.
  • a possible implementation manner only the cell supporting the positioning service uses the positioning offset amount to perform the R value calculation.
  • the positioning offset of the cell supporting the positioning service may be greater than the positioning offset of the cell not supporting the positioning service, where the positioning offset may be one of the server settings of the cell.
  • the default value is carried in the broadcasted information when broadcasting the positioning system message or broadcasting the positioning assistance data.
  • the cell positioning offset amount of the positioning service is positive, and the cell positioning offset amount is not zero for the positioning service, or the positioning offset is not set.
  • the R value of the source cell meets the following formula:
  • Qmeas, s is an RSRP measurement value of the source cell
  • QHyst is a hysteresis amount of the source cell
  • Qoffsettemp is a temporary compensation value of the source cell
  • Offsetpos is a positioning offset amount of the source cell
  • the R value calculation of the candidate cell meets the following formula requirements:
  • Rn Qmeas,n-Qoffset-Qoffsettemp-offsetpos
  • n is the RSRP measurement value of the candidate cell
  • Qoffset is the offset of the candidate cell
  • Qoffsettemp represents the temporary compensation value for the candidate cell
  • Offsetpos is the positioning offset of the candidate cell.
  • all cells that do not support the positioning service use the positioning offset amount to perform R value calculation.
  • the positioning offset of the cell supporting the positioning service may be smaller than the positioning offset of the cell not supporting the positioning service, where the positioning offset may be one of the server settings of the cell.
  • the default value is carried in the broadcasted information when broadcasting the positioning system message or broadcasting the positioning assistance data.
  • the cell positioning offset amount supporting the non-location service is a positive number, the cell positioning offset amount supporting the positioning service is zero, or the positioning offset amount is not set.
  • the Qmeas, s is the reference signal received power RSRP measurement value
  • QHyst of the source cell is the hysteresis amount of the source cell
  • Qoffsettemp is the temporary compensation value of the source cell.
  • Qoffsettemp offset1+offsetpos
  • Offsetpos is the positioning offset of the source cell.
  • the R value calculation of the candidate cell meets the following formula requirements:
  • n is the RSRP measurement value of the candidate cell
  • Qoffset is the offset of the candidate cell
  • Offsetposi is a positioning offset amount of the candidate cell
  • Qoffsettemp represents a temporary compensation value for the candidate cell.
  • the positioning offset amount or the compensation value may be added by adding an offset amount or a compensation value to one of the above-mentioned calculation formulas.
  • the positioning offset of the cell supporting the positioning service may be smaller than the positioning offset of the cell not supporting the positioning service, where the positioning offset may be one of the server settings of the cell.
  • the default value is carried in the broadcasted information when broadcasting the positioning system message or broadcasting the positioning assistance data.
  • the cell positioning offset amount supporting the non-location service is a positive number
  • the cell positioning offset amount supporting the positioning service may be zero, or the positioning offset amount may not be set.
  • Qmeas s is the RSRP measurement value of the source cell
  • Offsetposi is a positioning offset of the source cell
  • Qoffsettemp is a temporary compensation value of the source cell.
  • the R value calculation of the candidate cell meets the following formula requirements:
  • n is the RSRP measurement value of the candidate cell
  • Qoffset is the offset of the candidate cell
  • Qoffset Qoffset1-offsetposi
  • Offsetposi is the positioning offset of the candidate cell
  • Qoffsettemp indicates the candidate The temporary compensation value of the cell.
  • the above is only an example.
  • the positioning offset amount or the compensation value may be represented by subtracting an offset amount or a compensation value from one of the above calculation formulas.
  • the positioning offset of the cell supporting the positioning service may be greater than the positioning offset of the cell not supporting the positioning service, where the positioning offset may be one of the server settings of the cell.
  • the default value is carried in the broadcasted information when broadcasting the positioning system message or broadcasting the positioning assistance data.
  • the cell positioning offset amount of the positioning service may be a positive number, and the cell positioning offset amount may not be zero or the positioning offset amount may not be set.
  • any one of the foregoing manners may be adopted, or a combination of the foregoing multiple manners may be adopted.
  • the candidate cell supporting the positioning service the first mode may be adopted.
  • the candidate cell supporting the positioning service adopts the second mode; the fourth mode is adopted for the candidate cell supporting the positioning service, and the third mode is adopted for the candidate cell not supporting the positioning service.
  • the positioning offset can be a default value.
  • the setting of the positioning service is the same value.
  • the positioning offset cannot be set, or the positioning offset is set to If the cell is in the system broadcast or unicast, the default positioning offset may be carried in the sent message, and the terminal device obtains the positioning offset in the message sent by the bear, when the terminal device is calculating If the cell supports the location service, if the cell supports the location service, the R value is determined according to the location offset. If the cell does not support the location service, the cell may be sorted according to the existing cell. The criteria calculate the R value.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the manner in which the R value is calculated.
  • the R value of the cell supporting the positioning service is greater than the calculated R value of the R value that does not support the positioning service.
  • the modes are all applicable to the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the selected target cell is a cell supporting the positioning service, so that the terminal device can still perform positioning after cell reselection.
  • the terminal device needs to receive the positioning system message if the positioning needs to be performed, and only the information of the received positioning system message is sufficient. And when a high-precision solution is obtained, the terminal device can perform high-precision positioning according to the received positioning system message.
  • the terminal device cannot perform the positioning, and the positioning service of the terminal device is interrupted, before the information of the received positioning system message is insufficient and the high-precision solution is not obtained.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for locating a terminal device that is interrupted after cell reselection in the prior art.
  • a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application includes:
  • Step 401 The terminal device receives the first positioning assistance data before the source cell reselects to the target cell.
  • Step 402 The terminal device receives the second positioning assistance data after the source cell is reselected to the target cell.
  • Step 403 The terminal device performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data.
  • the first positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the terminal device from the source cell to the target cell before the target cell is reselected
  • the second positioning assistance data is that the terminal device is from the terminal device.
  • the source cell reselects the positioning assistance data sent by the target cell after the target cell.
  • the terminal device receives the first positioning assistance data sent by the target cell before the cell reselection, and after the cell reselection, receives the second positioning message sent by the target cell; the terminal device may Continuously receiving data, and then performing uninterrupted positioning, can ensure that the positioning service will not be interrupted.
  • the terminal device may first determine a positioning reference station of the target cell and a positioning reference station of the source cell. If the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is different from the positioning reference station of the source cell, performing positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data; the terminal device It is also possible to determine whether the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and directly perform positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data.
  • the determining, by the terminal device, whether the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell is only required to be based on the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning by the terminal device Before the auxiliary data is located, the terminal device determines whether the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and the terminal device may switch from the source cell to the target cell.
  • the foregoing process may be performed after the terminal device is switched from the source cell to the target cell, which is not limited herein.
  • the positioning reference station of the target cell is different from the positioning reference station of the source cell, indicating that the positioning assistance data sent by the target cell and the source cell does not come from the same positioning reference station, and after the terminal device reselects to the target cell, Receiving, by the terminal device, the second positioning assistance data that is sent by the target cell, the third positioning assistance data that is sent by the source cell that is received before the cell reselection of the terminal device cannot be updated, and the terminal device cannot be in the received source cell.
  • the positioning is performed by using the second positioning assistance data sent by the target cell; before the cell reselection, the terminal device starts to receive the first positioning assistance data sent by the target cell, so that the terminal device After cell reselection, positioning can be performed based on first positioning assistance data and second positioning assistance data from one positioning reference station.
  • the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell; the terminal device may be configured according to the second positioning assistance data and the third positioning assistance.
  • the data is located, wherein the third positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data that is sent by the source cell and is sent by the source cell before the terminal device switches to the target cell.
  • the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and indicates that the positioning assistance data sent by the target cell and the source cell are from the same positioning reference station, and the terminal device can save the previous positioning reference station.
  • the third positioning assistance data sent by the received source cell is used for positioning by using the second positioning assistance data sent by the target cell, based on the saved positioning assistance data sent by the received source cell.
  • the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and the terminal device may not use the first positioning assistance data when performing positioning.
  • the first positioning assistance data may be deleted to save storage space.
  • the terminal device needs to determine a positioning reference station of the target cell and a positioning reference station of the source cell:
  • the terminal device reads the first positioning assistance data
  • the terminal device determines a positioning reference station of the source cell according to the third positioning assistance data.
  • the positioning assistance data carries the reference station information, for example, the positioning reference station identifier (such as an ID), and the terminal device may determine the first positioning assistance data by reading the positioning assistance data included in the first positioning assistance data.
  • the reference station ID1 carried in the terminal device the terminal device may determine the reference station ID2 carried in the third positioning assistance data by using the saved third positioning assistance data sent by the source cell; if the reference station ID1 and the reference station If the ID2 is the same, the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell. Otherwise, the positioning reference station of the target cell is different from the positioning reference station of the source cell.
  • the terminal device may determine the location of the source cell according to the positioning assistance data sent by the source cell that has been received and saved.
  • a reference station after the terminal device switches from the source cell to the target cell, the terminal needs to determine a positioning reference station of the source cell, and the terminal device switches from the source cell to the target After the cell, the positioning assistance data sent by the source cell before the source cell is switched to the target cell is saved, and the location of the source cell is determined according to the positioning assistance data included in the positioning assistance data sent by the source cell. If the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, the terminal device may delete the third positioning assistance data to save storage space, or may not delete.
  • the terminal device may read the first positioning assistance data and determine the target cell before the cell reselection Positioning the reference station, and then the terminal device determines whether the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell; the terminal device may also read the first after the cell reselection
  • the positioning assistance data or the second positioning assistance data is used to determine a positioning reference station of the target cell, and then the terminal device determines whether the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell.
  • the terminal device reads the first positioning assistance data if it is determined that the target cell meets a certain condition before performing cell reselection.
  • the terminal device determines that the target cell meets part or all of the following conditions, the terminal device reads the first positioning assistance data, and determines a positioning reference of the target cell according to the first positioning assistance data. station.
  • Condition 1 The signal quality of the target cell is greater than a set threshold; indicating that the signal quality of the target cell is good, and the terminal device is likely to be reselected into the target cell when performing cell reselection.
  • the priority of the target cell is higher than the priority of the source cell; the priority of the target cell is high, and the terminal device has a greater possibility of reselection when performing cell reselection.
  • the terminal device may read the first system message in advance, where the priority of the condition 2 may be the priority of the cell set in the prior art, or may be as shown in FIG. The priority involved in the embodiment.
  • Condition 3 The R value of the target cell is higher than the R value of the source cell, indicating that the R value of the target cell is large, wherein the R value involved in the condition 3 may be a cell in the prior art.
  • the R value may also be the R value involved in the embodiment as described in FIG. Or the R value sorts the first few cells.
  • the target cell supports a positioning service; the target cell supports a positioning service, and indicates that if the terminal device reselects to the target cell when the cell is reselected, the positioning can still be performed.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for locating a terminal device service service interruption after cell reselection in the prior art.
  • the positioning assistance data of the cell is obtained from the neighboring cell or the candidate cell before the terminal device performs cell reselection or handover, and the data is determined to be from the same reference station according to the reference station information in the positioning assistance data, if it is the same For the reference station, the terminal device may only maintain the positioning assistance data of the source cell or the current cell, and after the cell is reselected or switched to the target cell (the same reference station), the positioning assistance data previously received from the source cell may be used and received from the new cell.
  • the positioning assistance data is continuously positioned, for example, to update the old data type with the new data type received.
  • the terminal device may continue to receive the positioning assistance data of the target cell while saving the positioning assistance data of the serving cell, and may use the previously received target cell and the handover after the terminal cell is reselected or switched to the target cell.
  • the positioning assistance data received from the target cell is then located, and the saving service is not interrupted.
  • the locating assistance data of the present application can be obtained by means of broadcast by the base station or by unicast, and the unicast is unicast by the positioning server to the terminal device.
  • a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application includes:
  • Step 401 After the terminal device is switched from the source cell to the target cell, after determining that the positioning reference station of the target cell is different from the positioning reference station of the source cell, the terminal device receives the first positioning assistance data sent by the source cell.
  • Step 402 The terminal device performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data, where the second positioning assistance data is saved by the terminal device, and is switched from the source cell to the The positioning assistance data sent by the source cell before the target cell.
  • the terminal device still receives the first positioning assistance data sent by the source cell, so that the total amount of positioning assistance data sent by the terminal device in the received target cell is insufficient and not obtained.
  • the terminal device can still perform positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second system message, and the positioning service of the terminal device can be ensured. Will not be interrupted.
  • the terminal device may first determine a positioning reference station of the target cell and a positioning reference station of the source cell. If the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is different from the positioning reference station of the source cell, performing positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data; the terminal device It is also possible to determine whether the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and directly perform positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data.
  • the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and the terminal device performs the second positioning assistance data and the third positioning assistance data according to the second positioning assistance data.
  • Positioning, the third positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the target cell that is received by the terminal device after being switched from the source cell to the target cell.
  • the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and indicates that the positioning assistance data sent by the target cell and the source cell are from the same positioning reference station, and the source device can save the source.
  • the positioning is performed by the received third positioning assistance data sent by the target cell, and the positioning is performed according to the third positioning assistance data.
  • the first positioning assistance data sent by the source cell may not be received.
  • the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and the terminal device may perform the positioning without using the second positioning assistance data.
  • the second positioning assistance data can be deleted to save storage space.
  • the terminal device needs to determine a positioning reference station of the target cell and a positioning reference station of the source cell:
  • the terminal device reads the first positioning assistance data; and determines a positioning reference station of the source cell according to the first positioning assistance data;
  • the terminal device determines a positioning reference station of the target cell according to the third positioning assistance data.
  • the positioning assistance data carries the reference station information, and the positioning reference station of the corresponding cell, for example, the reference station ID, may be determined according to the reference station information, and the terminal device may determine, by reading the first positioning assistance data, The reference station ID1 carried in the first positioning assistance data, the terminal device may determine that the third positioning assistance data sent by the target cell is carried in the third positioning assistance data received by the terminal device after the cell reselection Reference station ID2; if the reference station ID1 is the same as the reference station ID2, it indicates that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, otherwise, the positioning reference station of the target cell and the source The location reference station of the cell is different.
  • the terminal device may be in an idle state or in a connected state, which is not limited in this application.
  • a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application includes:
  • Step 401 After the terminal device switches from the source cell to the target cell, the terminal device saves first positioning assistance data, where the first positioning assistance data is before the terminal device switches from the source cell to the target cell.
  • Step 402 After determining that the positioning reference station of the target cell is different from the positioning reference station of the source cell, the terminal device performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data.
  • the first positioning assistance data is not deleted, but the first positioning assistance data is saved first, and the first positioning assistance data is used for positioning, thereby ensuring that the positioning service of the terminal device is not An interruption occurred.
  • the terminal device may not perform high-precision positioning before the received positioning assistance data sent by the target cell is not yet
  • the terminal device may first perform positioning according to the first positioning assistance data, and continuously receive positioning assistance data generated by the target cell, until the received positioning assistance data sent by the target cell can be used for high-precision positioning.
  • the terminal device performs positioning according to the positioning assistance data received by the target cell.
  • the terminal device Determining, by the terminal device, that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell; indicating that the positioning assistance data generated by the source cell and the positioning assistance data sent by the target cell are from the same reference station, the terminal
  • the second positioning assistance data received by the device may update the previously saved first positioning assistance data, and the terminal device performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data.
  • the terminal device needs to determine a positioning reference station of the target cell and a positioning reference station of the source cell:
  • the terminal device reads the first positioning assistance data; and determines a positioning reference station of the source cell according to the first positioning assistance data;
  • the terminal device determines a positioning reference station of the target cell according to the second positioning assistance data.
  • the positioning assistance data carries the reference station information, and the positioning reference station of the corresponding cell, for example, the reference station ID, may be determined according to the reference station information, and the terminal device may determine, by reading the first positioning assistance data, The reference station ID1 carried in the first positioning assistance data, the terminal device may determine that the second positioning assistance data sent by the target cell is carried in the second positioning assistance data received by the terminal device after the cell reselection Reference station ID2; if the reference station ID1 is the same as the reference station ID2, it indicates that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, otherwise, the positioning reference station of the target cell and the source The location reference station of the cell is different.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data, if the positioning assistance data sent by the target cell received by the terminal device can perform high-precision positioning, the terminal device may delete the first positioning assistance. Data to save storage space.
  • the positioning assistance data (not limited to the first positioning assistance data, the second positioning assistance data, and the third positioning assistance data) may be cell unicast or broadcast.
  • the specific unicast may be sent to the terminal by the positioning server or sent by the base station to the terminal.
  • the broadcast may be a positioning system message broadcasted by the system for the base station.
  • the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data are unicast or broadcasted by the target cell, and the third positioning assistance data is the source.
  • the cell is unicast or broadcast.
  • the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data are unicast or broadcasted by the source cell, and the third positioning assistance data is the target cell list. Broadcast or broadcast.
  • the first positioning assistance data is unicast or broadcasted by the source cell, and the second positioning assistance data is unicast or broadcast by the target cell.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device performs cell reselection or handover to the target cell, the terminal device needs to save the positioning assistance data obtained from the source cell, and after receiving the auxiliary data of the target cell, the terminal Performing a comparison to determine whether the two cell positioning assistance data are from the same reference station or the reference station identifiers are consistent. If they are consistent, the positioning assistance data obtained from the target station can be directly used to perform positioning and the positioning assistance data of the previous source cell is previously used for positioning. . Specifically, the auxiliary data of the received target cell may be used to continuously update the previously saved positioning assistance data to continuously perform positioning.
  • the two cell positioning assistance data are not from the same reference station or the reference station identifier is different, there may be two operations: one is still using the saved positioning assistance data from the source cell for positioning to ensure that the positioning is not interrupted.
  • the auxiliary data of the target cell is received, and the data obtained from the target cell can be highly accurately located or the high-precision solution can be used to stop using the saved positioning data of the source cell, and the data can also be deleted.
  • the other is that the positioning assistance data of the source cell is still received from the source cell to maintain the positioning, and the positioning assistance data is also received from the target station.
  • the data may be deleted until the data obtained from the target cell can be highly accurately located or the high-precision solution is obtained and the positioning assistance data of the source cell is stopped.
  • the handover in the implementation of the present application may be a handover of a connected state or a cell reselection by an idle state.
  • the source base station needs to select the target base station, and sends a handover request to the target base station.
  • the present application provides a A method for obtaining a message is used to solve the problem that the terminal device locates the service after the cell device is switched.
  • FIG. 4A is described by taking the cell reselection as an example.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B and FIG. 4C illustrates the cell handover as an example. In fact, as shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4C.
  • the embodiment can be used in the scenario where the terminal device is in the connection state of the connection state, and is also applicable to the scenario in which the terminal device is in the cell reselection in the idle state.
  • the reselection in the embodiment of the present application can be regarded as a special handover.
  • the present application provides a communication method, including:
  • Step 501 The indication message sent by the terminal device to the source base station when the terminal device determines that the positioning needs to be performed, the indication message is used to indicate that the terminal device needs to locate the auxiliary data, and the source base station receives the indication message sent by the terminal device.
  • Step 502 The source base station sends a handover request to the target base station when determining that the cell needs to be switched, where the handover request includes a request indication for requesting positioning assistance data, and the target base station receives the handover request sent by the source base station.
  • Step 503 The target base station sends positioning assistance data to the source base station, where the source base station receives positioning assistance data sent by the target base station.
  • Step 504 The source base station sends the positioning assistance data to the terminal device.
  • the handover request may also be restricted for other messages.
  • the target base station may also send a first location indication message, a second location indication message or a third location indication message to the source base station, where the first location indication message is used to indicate the The positioning reference station of the target base station is the same as the positioning reference station of the source base station; the second positioning indication message is used to indicate that the positioning reference station of the target base station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station; And indicating that the target base station has no broadcast positioning assistance data.
  • the source base station receives the first positioning indication message, the second positioning indication message or the third positioning indication message sent by the target base station.
  • the base station When the terminal device determines that the positioning needs to be performed, the base station needs to send the positioning assistance data, and the source base station needs to send the indication message.
  • the indication message may carry some or all of the following types: the type of the positioning assistance data, the global satellite.
  • the indication message may be carried in an uplink radio resource control (RRC) message, such as a cell measurement report information, a reconfiguration message, an RRC connection setup complete message, and the like.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the type of the positioning assistance data indicates the type of the positioning assistance data required by the terminal device, and may also be a specific SIB number, where the GNSS ID indicates the satellite system identifier from which the positioning assistance data required by the terminal device is derived, such as GPS, GLONASS, BDS, etc., the positioning reference station identifier indicates a positioning reference station from which the positioning assistance data required by the terminal device comes from.
  • the source base station After receiving the indication message, and determining that the cell needs to be switched, the source base station sends a handover request to the target base station, and requests positioning assistance data from the target base station by using a handover request.
  • the source base station may be in the The handover request includes a request indication for requesting positioning assistance data.
  • the request indication may carry part or all of the following: a type of positioning assistance data, a GNSS ID, and a positioning reference station identifier.
  • the target base station may send positioning assistance data to the source base station according to the handover request, for example, the target base station carries the positioning assistance data in a response message of the reply source base station.
  • the target base station may determine, according to the positioning assistance data of the target base station, a positioning reference station of the target base station; determine, according to the request message, a positioning reference station of the source base station; the target base station The positioning reference station transmits positioning assistance data to the source base station when the positioning reference station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station; wherein the request indication includes positioning reference station information of the source base station.
  • the positioning reference station of the target base station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station, and the positioning assistance data broadcasted by the target base station and the positioning assistance data broadcast by the source base station are from different positioning reference stations, in order to make the
  • the terminal device can receive the positioning assistance data broadcast by the target base station before performing the cell handover, and the target base station can send the positioning assistance data to the terminal device, so that the handover can be performed according to the handover after the terminal device performs the cell handover.
  • the previously received positioning assistance data and the positioning assistance data received after the handover are positioned to ensure the continuity of the positioning service of the terminal device.
  • the target base station may also send a second positioning indication message to the source base station, where the second positioning indication message is used.
  • the positioning reference station indicating the target base station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station; the target base station may separately send the positioning assistance data and the second positioning indication message, and may also set the positioning assistance data and the second positioning indication message. It is included in one signaling.
  • the target base station may first locate an indication message to the source base station when determining that the positioning reference station of the target base station is the same as the positioning reference station of the source base station.
  • the target base station may third locate the indication message to the source base station.
  • the target base station may also be indeterminate whether the positioning reference station of the target base station is the same as the positioning reference station of the source base station, and send positioning assistance data to the source base station.
  • the source base station may forward the positioning assistance data to the terminal device, or may first determine whether the positioning reference station of the target base station and the positioning reference station of the source base station are the same.
  • the positioning assistance data may be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the source base station determines that the positioning reference station of the source base station and the positioning reference station of the target base station are the same, it is not necessary to send the positioning assistance data to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send an indication information to indicate that the positioning assistance data of the switched cell and the positioning assistance data of the current cell are from the same reference station. If different, the positioning assistance data received from the target base station can be sent to the terminal device.
  • the source base station directly forwards the data sent by the target base station to the terminal, and the terminal can determine whether the data is from the same reference station after parsing the positioning auxiliary data, and if so, only one data needs to be retained, such as the current
  • the positioning assistance data of the cell if not the same reference station terminal, saves the received data, and uses the cell to perform positioning after switching to the target cell.
  • the source base station and the target base station can determine whether the reference stations are the same, it is required to be able to identify the reference station information in the positioning assistance data or receive the reference station information.
  • the information of the reference station such as the identification information, may be sent to the base station through the server, so that the source base station and the target base station can determine whether the reference station is the same reference station.
  • the positioning reference station of the target base station needs to be determined, and if the source base station can parse the target And determining, by the base station, the positioning reference station of the target base station according to the positioning assistance data sent by the target base station; that is, the positioning assistance data includes reference station information.
  • the source base station determines a positioning reference station of the source base station according to the positioning assistance data of the source base station.
  • the source base station may request the positioning base station information of the target base station from the target base station, where the source base station may send the first request to the target base station.
  • a message the first request message is used to request information about a positioning reference station of the target base station, and the target base station includes positioning reference station information of the target base station in the first feedback message, to the source
  • the base station sends the first feedback message, and the source base station receives the first feedback message, and determines a positioning reference station of the target base station according to the first feedback message.
  • the target base station when the target base station sends the first feedback message to the source base station, it may be sent in a manner that is visible to the source base station, or may be sent in a manner identifiable by the source base station to ensure that the source base station is in the After receiving the first feedback message, the positioning reference station of the target base station may be determined by using the first feedback message.
  • the source base station determines that the positioning reference station of the target base station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station, and sends the positioning assistance data to the terminal device; the source base station determines a positioning reference station of the target base station and The location reference station of the source base station is the same, and the source base station may not send the location assistance data to the terminal device. Of course, the location assistance data may also be sent to the terminal device.
  • the source base station may determine, by using the second positioning indication message, a positioning reference station of the target base station and a positioning reference station of the source base station Differently, the positioning assistance data is sent to the terminal device.
  • the source base station may determine, by using the first positioning indication message, a positioning reference station of the target base station and a positioning reference station of the source base station In the same manner, after determining that the terminal device is switched to the target cell, the terminal device positioning service is not interrupted, and the source base station may send a handover indication to the terminal device, to indicate that the terminal device switches to the target base station, or may The terminal device broadcasts positioning assistance data.
  • the source base station receives the third location indication message sent by the target base station, and the source base station may determine, by using the third location indication message, that the target base station has no broadcast positioning assistance data.
  • the cell in which the target base station is located may not support the location service, and the source base station may continue to perform the handover operation, for example, sending a handover indication to the terminal device, or reselecting the base station to which the terminal device needs to be handed over.
  • the terminal device may save the positioning assistance data, or first determine whether the positioning reference station of the target base station is the same as the positioning reference station of the source base station, and if the same, delete the positioning assistance data, Otherwise, the positioning assistance data is saved.
  • the terminal device sends the indication information that needs the location service to the base station, and can also be used by the base station to switch to a cell that supports the location service when making the handover decision.
  • the positioning reference station of the source base station or the cell and the positioning reference station of the target base station or the cell in the present application indicate the reference station from which the positioning assistance data of the station or the cell comes.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a communication device 600, which may be a terminal or a device (such as a chip or a chip system) in the terminal.
  • the chip system may be composed of a chip, and may also include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • the communication device 600 is specifically configured to implement the method described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the details of the device are not described again.
  • a selection unit 601 and a processing unit 602 are included, wherein:
  • the selecting unit 601 is configured to select one candidate cell from the set of candidate cells as the target cell, where the candidate cell set includes at least one candidate cell;
  • the processing unit 602 is configured to reselect from a source cell to the target cell, where the target cell is a cell that supports a positioning service, and the source cell is a cell that the terminal device camps before a cell reselection. .
  • the target cell is a candidate cell with the highest priority among the candidate cell sets, and the priority of the target cell is not lower than a priority of the source cell, where the source cell and the source cell are For any candidate cell, the priority of the cell supporting the positioning service is higher than the priority of the cell not supporting the positioning service; the terminal device reselects from the source cell to the target cell.
  • the target cell is a candidate cell with the highest R value calculated based on the R criterion in the candidate cell set, and the R value calculated by the R criterion based on the target cell is based on the location of the candidate cell. The amount of offset is determined.
  • the priority is obtained by the terminal device from system broadcast or unicast.
  • the positioning offset is obtained by the terminal device from system broadcast or unicast.
  • the R value of the first type and the source cell meets the following formula requirements:
  • R s Q meas,s +Q Hyst -Qoffset temp+ offsetpos
  • Q meas, s is a reference signal received power RSRP measurement value of the source cell
  • Q Hyst is a hysteresis amount of the source cell
  • Qoffset temp is a temporary compensation value of the source cell
  • Offsetpos is a source cell Positioning offset
  • the R value calculation of the candidate cell meets the following formula requirements:
  • R n Q meas,n -Qoffset-Qoffset temp+ offsetpos
  • Q meas, n is an RSRP measurement value of the candidate cell
  • Qoffset is an offset of the candidate cell
  • Qoffset temp represents a temporary compensation value for the candidate cell
  • Offsetpos is a positioning offset of the candidate cell. the amount.
  • the R value of the source cell meets the following formula:
  • R s Q meas,s +Q Hyst -Qoffset temp -offsetpos
  • Q meas s is the RSRP measurement value of the source cell
  • Q Hyst is the hysteresis amount of the source cell
  • Qoffset temp is the temporary compensation value of the source cell
  • Offsetposi is the positioning offset of the source cell.
  • the R value calculation of the candidate cell meets the following formula requirements:
  • R n Q meas,n -Qoffset-Qoffset temp -offsetpos
  • Q meas, n is an RSRP measurement value of the candidate cell
  • Qoffset is an offset of the candidate cell
  • Qoffset temp represents a temporary compensation value for the candidate cell
  • Offsetpos is a positioning offset of the candidate cell. the amount.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a communication device 700, which may be a terminal or a device (such as a chip or a chip system) in the terminal.
  • the chip system may be composed of a chip, and may also include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • the communication device 700 is specifically configured to implement the method described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the details of the device are not described again.
  • a transmission unit 701 and a processing unit 702 are included, wherein:
  • the transmitting unit 701 is configured to receive first positioning assistance data and second positioning assistance data, where the first positioning assistance data is the target cell before the terminal device reselects from the source cell to the target cell.
  • the positioning assistance data that is sent, the second positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the target cell after the terminal device reselects from the source cell to the target cell.
  • the processing unit 702 is configured to perform positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data.
  • the processing unit 702 before the processing unit 702 performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data, the processing unit 702 first determines positioning of the positioning reference station and the source cell of the target cell.
  • the reference station is different.
  • the processing unit 702 determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and performs positioning according to the second positioning assistance data and the third positioning assistance data, where
  • the third positioning assistance data is positioning positioning data that is sent by the source cell before the terminal device reselects to the target cell, and is saved by the transmission unit 701.
  • the processing unit 702 determines, before determining whether the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, the processing unit 702 determines a positioning reference station of the target cell and The positioning reference station of the source cell, first, the processing unit 702 reads the first positioning assistance data; and then determines a positioning reference station of the target cell according to the first positioning assistance data; and according to the third positioning assistance data Determining a positioning reference station of the source cell, where the third positioning assistance data is positioning positioning data that is sent by the source cell before the terminal device reselects to the target cell.
  • the processing unit 702 determines that the target cell meets part or all of the following conditions:
  • the signal quality of the target cell is greater than a set threshold
  • Condition 2 the priority of the target cell is higher than the priority of the source cell
  • Condition 3 The R value of the target cell is higher than the R value of the source cell
  • Condition 4 The target cell supports a positioning service
  • the processing unit 702 determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, the first positioning assistance data is deleted.
  • the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data are unicast or broadcasted by the target cell, and the third positioning assistance data is unicast or broadcast by the source cell.
  • the communication device 700 can also be used to implement the method described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repeated description is not repeated.
  • the transmitting unit 701 is configured to: after the source cell is switched to the target cell, after determining that the positioning reference station of the target cell is different from the positioning reference station of the source cell, receiving the first positioning assistance data sent by the source cell;
  • the processing unit 702 is configured to perform positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data, where the second positioning assistance data is saved by the transmission unit 701, and is switched from the source cell to Positioning assistance data sent by the source cell before the target cell.
  • the processing unit 702 determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell; afterwards, the processing unit 702 is configured according to the second positioning assistance data and the third The positioning assistance data is used for positioning, and the third positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the target cell that is received by the transmission unit 701 after being switched from the source cell to the target cell.
  • the processing unit 702 determines the positioning reference station of the target cell and the positioning reference station of the source cell
  • the first positioning assistance data is first read; and then the first positioning assistance data is determined according to the first positioning assistance data. Determining a positioning reference station of the source cell; determining a positioning reference station of the target cell according to the third positioning assistance data.
  • the second positioning system message is deleted.
  • the communication device 700 can also be used to implement the method described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4C. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repeated description is not repeated.
  • the transmitting unit 701 is configured to save, after the handover from the source cell to the target cell, the first positioning assistance data, where the first positioning assistance data is that the terminal device switches from the source cell to the target cell Positioning assistance data sent by the source cell;
  • the processing unit 702 is configured to determine that the positioning reference station of the target cell is different from the positioning reference station of the source cell, and determine that the positioning reference station of the target cell is different from the positioning reference station of the source cell, according to the first positioning assistance data. Positioning.
  • the processing unit 702 determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data.
  • the second positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the target cell that is received by the terminal device after being switched from the source cell to the target cell.
  • the processing unit 702 determines, before determining whether the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, the processing unit 702 determines a positioning reference station of the target cell and The positioning reference station of the source cell first reads the first positioning assistance data; then determines the positioning reference station of the source cell according to the first positioning assistance data; the processing unit 702 is configured according to the second positioning assistance data. Determining a positioning reference station of the target cell, where the second positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the target cell that is received by the terminal device after being switched from the source cell to the target cell.
  • the transmission unit 701 may continue to receive the second positioning assistance data, and the processing unit 702 is configured according to the second The positioning assistance data is positioned to stop positioning according to the first positioning assistance data.
  • the processing unit 702 deletes the first positioning assistance data after performing positioning according to the first positioning assistance data.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a communication device 800, which may be a base station or a device (such as a chip or a chip system) in a base station.
  • the chip system may be composed of a chip, and may also include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • the communication device 800 is specifically configured to implement the method on the source base station side described in the embodiment of FIG. 5. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method may be referred to each other, and the repeated description is not repeated.
  • the structure of the device is as shown in FIG. 8, and includes a transmission unit 801 and a processing unit 802, wherein:
  • the transmitting unit 801 is configured to receive an indication message sent by the terminal device, where the indication message is used to indicate that the terminal device needs to locate the auxiliary data, and when determining that the cell needs to be switched, send a handover request to the target base station, where the handover is performed.
  • the request includes a request indication for requesting positioning assistance data; and receiving positioning assistance data or a first positioning indication message sent by the target base station, where the first positioning indication message is used to indicate a positioning reference station of the target base station
  • the positioning reference stations of the source base station are the same.
  • the processing unit 802 is configured to determine that a cell needs to be switched.
  • the transmitting unit 801 sends the positioning assistance data to the terminal device.
  • the processing unit 802 determines the target base station. Positioning reference station; determining that the positioning reference station of the target base station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station, wherein the positioning reference station of the source base station is the processing unit 802 according to the positioning assistance of the source base station The data is determined.
  • the processing unit 802 when determining the positioning reference station of the target base station, may determine the positioning reference station of the target base station according to the positioning assistance data sent by the target base station.
  • the processing unit 802 when determining the positioning reference station of the target base station, if the handover request carries the first request information, the first request information is used to request the target base station. Locating the reference station information; the transmitting unit 801 receives the first feedback message sent by the target base station, where the first feedback message includes positioning reference station information of the target base station; and the processing unit 802 is configured according to the first feedback The message determines a positioning reference station of the target base station.
  • the indication information includes at least one of the following: a type of positioning assistance data, a GNSS ID, and positioning reference station information of the source base station.
  • the request indication comprises the following types of at least one of the positioning assistance data, the GNSS ID, positioning reference station information of the source base station.
  • the first positioning indication message includes at least one of the following: a GNSS ID, positioning reference station information of the target base station.
  • the communication device 800 may also be specifically used to implement the method of the target base station side described in the embodiment of FIG. 5. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method may be mutually referred to, and the repetition is not Further, the structure of the device is as shown in FIG. 8, and includes a transmission unit 801 and a processing unit 802, where:
  • the transmitting unit 801 is configured to receive a handover request sent by the source base station, where the handover request includes a request message for requesting positioning assistance data, and send positioning assistance data or a first positioning indication message to the source base station, where The first positioning indication message is used to indicate that the positioning reference station of the target base station is the same as the positioning reference station of the source base station.
  • the processing unit 802 determines a positioning reference station of the source base station according to the request message, where the request indication includes the Positioning reference station information of the source base station; the processing unit 802 determines that the positioning reference station of the target base station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station, wherein the positioning reference station of the target base station is the target base station according to the target The positioning assistance data of the base station is determined.
  • the transmitting unit 801 sends a first positioning indication message to the source base station, where the target base station determines a positioning reference station of the source base station according to the request message, where the request indication includes the source Positioning reference station information of the base station; when the processing unit 802 determines that the positioning reference station of the target base station is the same as the positioning reference station of the source base station, the transmitting unit 801 sends a first positioning indication message to the source base station, where the The positioning reference station of the target base station is determined by the target base station according to the positioning assistance data of the target base station.
  • the handover request carries the first request information
  • the first request information is used to request positioning reference station information of the target base station; and the transmitting unit 801 sends the information to the source base station.
  • a first feedback message where the first feedback message includes positioning reference station information of the target base station;
  • the request indication includes at least one type of the positioning assistance data, the GNSS ID, positioning reference station information of the source base station.
  • the first positioning indication message includes at least one of the following: a GNSS ID, positioning reference station information of the target base station.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a communication device 900, which may be a terminal or a device (such as a chip or a chip system) in the terminal.
  • the chip system may be composed of a chip, and may also include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • the communication device 900 is specifically configured to implement the method performed by the terminal device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method may be referred to each other, and the repeated description is not repeated herein.
  • the structure of the device is as shown in FIG. 9, and includes a transmission unit 901 and a processing unit 902, wherein:
  • the processing unit 902 is configured to determine that positioning needs to be performed
  • the transmitting unit 901 is configured to: when the processing unit 902 determines that the positioning needs to be performed, send an indication message to the source base station, where the indication message is used to indicate that the terminal device needs to locate the auxiliary data; and receive the source base station.
  • the positioning assistance data sent.
  • the processing unit 902 determines a positioning reference station of the target base station according to the positioning assistance data;
  • the received source base station sends the positioning assistance data to determine the positioning reference station of the source base station;
  • the processing unit 902 determines that the positioning reference station of the target base station is the same as the positioning reference station of the source base station, and deletes the positioning assistance data, otherwise And save the positioning assistance data.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing. In the device, it may be physically existed alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one module.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software function module.
  • the integrated unit if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • a computer readable storage medium A number of instructions are included to cause a terminal device (which may be a personal computer, a cell phone, or a network device, etc.) or a processor to perform all or part of the steps of the method of various embodiments of the present application.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program code. .
  • the terminal devices may be presented in an integrated manner to divide the form of each functional module.
  • a “module” herein may refer to a particular ASIC, circuitry, processor and memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuitry, and/or other devices that provide the functionality described above.
  • the terminal device can take the form shown in FIG.
  • the communication device 1100 shown in FIG. 10 includes at least one processor 1001, a memory 1002, and optionally, a transceiver 1003.
  • the memory 1002 may be a volatile memory such as a random access memory; the memory may also be a non-volatile memory such as a read only memory, a flash memory, a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid state drive (solid-state drive, SSD), or memory 1002, is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto.
  • the memory 1002 may be a combination of the above memories.
  • the specific connection medium between the processor 1001 and the memory 1002 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application is connected between the memory 1002 and the processor 1001 through the bus 1004 in the figure.
  • the bus 1004 is indicated by a thick line in the figure, and the connection manner between other components is only for illustrative description, and is not cited. Limited.
  • the bus 1004 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in FIG. 10, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the processor 1001 can have a data transceiving function and can communicate with other devices.
  • an independent data transceiving module such as the transceiver 1003, can be configured to transmit and receive data.
  • the processor 1001 is in communication with other devices. When communicating, data can be transmitted through the transceiver 1003.
  • the processor 1001 in FIG. 10 can execute an instruction by calling a computer stored in the memory 1002, so that the communication device can execute the terminal device executed in any of the above method embodiments. method.
  • the function/implementation process of the selection unit, the transmission unit, and the processing unit in FIG. 6, FIG. 7, and FIG. 9 can be implemented by the processor 1001 in FIG. 10 calling the computer execution instruction stored in the memory 1002.
  • the function/implementation process of the selection unit and the processing unit in FIG. 6, FIG. 7, and FIG. 9 can be implemented by the processor 1001 in FIG. 10 calling the computer execution instruction stored in the memory 1002, in FIG. 7 and FIG.
  • the function/implementation process of the transmission unit can be implemented by the transceiver 1003 in FIG.
  • the processor 1001 may include one or more CPUs.
  • the communication device 1000 can include a plurality of processors 1001.
  • the base station (including the source base station and the target base station) can be presented in an integrated manner to divide the form of each functional module.
  • a “module” herein may refer to a particular ASIC, circuitry, processor and memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuitry, and/or other devices that provide the functionality described above.
  • the base station can take the form shown in FIG.
  • the communication device 1100 shown in FIG. 11 includes at least one processor 1101, a memory 1102, and optionally, a communication interface 1103.
  • the memory 1102 can be a volatile memory, such as a random access memory; the memory can also be a non-volatile memory, such as a read only memory, a flash memory, a hard disk drive (HDD), or a solid state drive (solid-state drive, SSD), or memory 1102, is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto.
  • the memory 1102 can be a combination of the above memories.
  • connection medium between the processor 1101 and the memory 1102 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 1102 and the processor 1101 are connected by a bus 1104 in the figure.
  • the bus 1104 is shown by a thick line in the figure, and the connection manner between other components is only for illustrative description, and is not cited. Limited.
  • the bus 1104 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 11, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the processor 1101 can have a data transceiving function and can communicate with other devices.
  • an independent data transceiving module such as a communication interface 1103, can be provided for transmitting and receiving data; the processor 1101 performs with other devices.
  • data can be transmitted through the communication interface 1103.
  • the processor 1101 in FIG. 11 can execute an instruction by calling a computer stored in the memory 1102, so that the communication device can execute the base station (including the source base station) in any of the above method embodiments. And the method performed by the target base station).
  • the function/implementation process of the transmission unit and the processing unit in FIG. 8 can be implemented by the processor 1101 in FIG. 11 calling the computer execution instruction stored in the memory 1102.
  • the communication interface 1103 is implemented.
  • the processor 1101 may include one or more CPUs.
  • the communication device 1100 can include a plurality of processors 1101.
  • embodiments of the present application can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product.
  • the present application can take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment in combination of software and hardware.
  • the application can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
  • the computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device.
  • the apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A communication method and apparatus that are used to solve the problem in existing technology in which the probability of a terminal device being re-selected to a target cell that supports a positioning service is small. In the present application, a terminal device selects one candidate cell from in a candidate cell set as a target cell, the candidate cell set comprising at least one candidate cell; and the terminal device is re-selected from a source cell to within the target cell, wherein the target cell is a cell that supports a positioning service, and the source cell is a cell at which the terminal device resides before cell re-selection. By using the manner of the present application, the selected target cell supports the positioning service, and the terminal device may be guaranteed to still be able to perform positioning after switching to the target cell. The method provided in the present embodiment may be applied to a communication system, such as V2X, LTE-V, V2V, Internet of Vehicles, MTC, IoT, LTE-M, M2M, Internet of Things, and the like.

Description

一种通信方法及装置Communication method and device 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a communication method and apparatus.
背景技术Background technique
当终端设备在确定当前驻留小区的信号质量变差,或者终端设备发生移动时,会从驻留小区的邻小区中选择目标小区,进行小区重选,具体主要可通过如下方式进行小区重选。When the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the current camping cell is degraded, or the terminal device moves, the target cell is selected from the neighboring cells of the camping cell to perform cell reselection, and the cell reselection can be performed mainly by: .
第一种,当驻留小区和邻小区的频点相同或者优先级相同时,终端设备按照R准则进行小区重选。First, when the frequency of the camping cell and the neighboring cell are the same or the priorities are the same, the terminal device performs cell reselection according to the R criterion.
具体的,终端设备计算出驻留小区和邻小区的R值,其中R值是根据参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power,RSRP)测量值和小区的异频的偏移量确定的,对驻留小区和邻小区的R值进行排序,选择R值最大的小区。Specifically, the terminal device calculates the R value of the camped cell and the neighboring cell, where the R value is determined according to the reference signal received power (RSRP) measurement value and the offset of the inter-frequency of the cell, The R values of the neighboring cell and the neighboring cell are sorted, and the cell with the largest R value is selected.
第二种,驻留小区和邻小区优先级不同,终端设备根据小区的信号质量进行小区重选。Second, the priority of the camping cell and the neighboring cell is different, and the terminal equipment performs cell reselection according to the signal quality of the cell.
具体的,若邻小区的优先级较高,当终端设备对邻小区的信号质量进行测量,若邻小区的信号质量大于第一阈值,则选择该邻小区。Specifically, if the priority of the neighboring cell is high, the terminal device measures the signal quality of the neighboring cell, and if the signal quality of the neighboring cell is greater than the first threshold, the neighboring cell is selected.
若邻小区的优先级较低,当终端设备确定当前驻留小区的信号水平或质量等于或低于第二阈值,且邻小区的信号质量大于第一阈值,则选择该邻小区。If the priority of the neighboring cell is low, the neighboring cell is selected when the terminal device determines that the signal level or quality of the currently camped cell is equal to or lower than the second threshold, and the signal quality of the neighboring cell is greater than the first threshold.
从上述两种方式可以看出,终端设备进行重选时会选择信号质量较好的小区,对于需要定位服务的终端设备,在小区重选时,并不能保证重选后的目标小区一定能够支持定位服务,也就是说,重选后的目标小区是否广播定位系统消息具有随机性,能够重选到支持定位服务的目标小区的概率较小;且终端设备小区重选之后,接收重选后的目标小区的定位系统消息,由于进行了小区重选,当终端设备在重选到目标小区之后,只有在接收并保存的所述目标小区广播的定位系统消息的信息量获得高精度解时,才能进行高精度的定位,也就是说,当终端设备进行小区重选后,并不能立即进行定位,使得终端设备的定位业务产生中断。It can be seen from the above two methods that when the terminal device performs reselection, the cell with better signal quality is selected. For the terminal device that needs to locate the service, when the cell is reselected, the target cell after the reselection cannot be guaranteed. The positioning service, that is, whether the target cell after the reselection broadcasts the positioning system message has randomness, and the probability of being able to reselect the target cell supporting the positioning service is small; and after the terminal device cell is reselected, after receiving the reselection The positioning system message of the target cell, after performing cell reselection, can only obtain a high-precision solution when the information of the positioning system message broadcasted by the target cell is received and saved after the terminal device is reselected to the target cell. High-precision positioning is performed, that is, after the terminal device performs cell reselection, the positioning cannot be performed immediately, so that the positioning service of the terminal device is interrupted.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法及装置,用以解决现有技术中终端设备在重选到支持定位服务的目标小区的概率较小问题。The present application provides a communication method and apparatus for solving the problem that the probability of the terminal equipment being reselected to the target cell supporting the positioning service is small in the prior art.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由终端设备、终端设备中的芯片或芯片系统、或云端设备等装置执行,所述方法包括:终端设备从候选小区集合中选择一个候选小区作为目标小区,所述候选小区集合包含至少一个候选小区;所述终端设备从源小区重选到所述目标小区中,其中所述目标小区为支持定位服务的小区,所述源小区为所述终端设备在小区重选前驻留的小区。In a first aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which may be performed by a terminal device, a chip or chip system in a terminal device, or a device such as a cloud device, where the method includes: the terminal device from the candidate cell set Selecting one candidate cell as the target cell, the candidate cell set including at least one candidate cell; the terminal device reselecting from the source cell to the target cell, where the target cell is a cell supporting a positioning service, the source The cell is a cell in which the terminal device camps before cell reselection.
通过上述方法,由于所述目标小区支持定位服务,可以保证终端设备在切换到所述目标小区后仍能进行定位。The above method can ensure that the terminal device can still perform positioning after switching to the target cell, because the target cell supports the location service.
一种可能的实施方式,所述目标小区的优先级不低于源小区的优先级,所述目标小区为所述候选小区集合中优先级最高的候选小区,其中,针对所述源小区和所述任一候选小区,支持定位服务的小区的优先级高于不支持定位服务的小区的优先级。a possible implementation manner, the priority of the target cell is not lower than the priority of the source cell, where the target cell is the candidate cell with the highest priority among the candidate cell sets, where the source cell and the source cell are For any candidate cell, the priority of the cell supporting the positioning service is higher than the priority of the cell not supporting the positioning service.
通过上述方法,由于目标小区的优先级最高,使得所述终端设备在小区重选时重选到的目标小区支持定位服务,使得终端设备在小区重选后能够进行定位。In the above method, the target cell reselects the target cell to support the location service when the cell is reselected, so that the terminal device can perform positioning after the cell reselection.
在一种可能的设计中,所述优先级是所述终端设备从系统广播或单播中获得的,所述优先级包括所述源小区的优先级和所述候选小区的优先级部分或全部。In a possible design, the priority is obtained by the terminal device from system broadcast or unicast, and the priority includes a priority of the source cell and a part or all of a priority of the candidate cell. .
通过上述方法,终端设备可以快速、方便的获取源小区的优先级和候选小区的优先级,能够更方便、高效的选择目标小区,可以提高小区重选的效率。Through the foregoing method, the terminal device can quickly and conveniently obtain the priority of the source cell and the priority of the candidate cell, and can select the target cell more conveniently and efficiently, and can improve the efficiency of cell reselection.
在一种可能的设计中,所述目标小区的R值高于源小区的R值,所述目标小区为所述候选小区集合中基于R准则计算的R值最高的候选小区,所述候选小区的基于R准则计算的R值是根据所述候选小区的定位偏置量确定的,所述源小区的基于R准则计算的R值是根据所述源小区的定位偏置量确定的。In a possible design, the R value of the target cell is higher than the R value of the source cell, where the target cell is a candidate cell with the highest R value calculated based on the R criterion in the candidate cell set, the candidate cell The R value calculated based on the R criterion is determined according to the positioning offset of the candidate cell, and the R value calculated by the R criterion based on the source cell is determined according to the positioning offset of the source cell.
通过上述方法,由于R值是根据定位偏置量确定的,使得在确定目标小区时,可以考虑到小区是否支持定位服务的情况,选择的目标小区支持定位服务,避免终端设备重选小区之后不能进行定位的情况。Through the foregoing method, since the R value is determined according to the positioning offset amount, when determining the target cell, it may be considered whether the cell supports the positioning service, and the selected target cell supports the positioning service, so that the terminal device cannot be reselected after the cell is reselected. The case of positioning.
在一种可能的设计中,所述定位偏置量是所述终端设备从系统广播或单播中获得的,,所述定位偏置量包括所述源小区的定位偏置量和所述候选小区的定位偏置量部分或全部。In a possible design, the positioning offset is obtained by the terminal device from system broadcast or unicast, and the positioning offset includes a positioning offset of the source cell and the candidate The positioning offset of the cell is partially or completely.
通过上述方法,终端设备可以快速、方便的获取源小区的优先级和候选小区的R值,能够更方便、高效的选择目标小区,可以提高小区重选的效率。Through the foregoing method, the terminal device can quickly and conveniently obtain the priority of the source cell and the R value of the candidate cell, and can select the target cell more conveniently and efficiently, and can improve the efficiency of cell reselection.
在一种可能的设计中,所述源小区的R值计算符合下述公式要求:In a possible design, the R value calculation of the source cell meets the following formula requirements:
R s=Q meas,s+Q Hyst-Qoffset temp+offsetpos R s =Q meas,s +Q Hyst -Qoffset temp+ offsetpos
其中,Q meas,s为所述源小区的参考信号接收功率RSRP测量值,Q Hyst为所述源小区的迟滞量,Qoffset temp为所述源小区的临时补偿值,Offsetpos为所述源小区的定位偏置量; Wherein, Q meas, s is a reference signal received power RSRP measurement value of the source cell, Q Hyst is a hysteresis amount of the source cell, Qoffset temp is a temporary compensation value of the source cell, and Offsetpos is a source cell Positioning offset
所述候选小区的R值计算符合下述公式要求:The R value calculation of the candidate cell meets the following formula requirements:
R n=Q meas,n-Qoffset-Qoffset temp+offsetpos R n =Q meas,n -Qoffset-Qoffset temp+ offsetpos
其中,Q meas,n为所述候选小区的RSRP测量值,Qoffset为所述候选小区的偏移量,Qoffset temp表示对所述候选小区的临时补偿值,Offsetpos为所述候选小区的定位偏置量。 Wherein, Q meas, n is an RSRP measurement value of the candidate cell, Qoffset is an offset of the candidate cell, Qoffset temp represents a temporary compensation value for the candidate cell, and Offsetpos is a positioning offset of the candidate cell. the amount.
通过上述方法,R值的计算同时考虑到了小区的信号质量和定位偏置量,使得根据R值确定的目标小区信号质量较好,同时支持定位服务的概率也变大,更有可能避免终端设备重选小区之后不能进行定位的情况。Through the above method, the calculation of the R value takes into consideration the signal quality and the positioning offset of the cell, so that the target cell signal quality determined according to the R value is good, and the probability of supporting the positioning service is also increased, and it is more likely to avoid the terminal device. The case where positioning cannot be performed after reselecting a cell.
在一种可能的设计中,所述源小区的R值计算符合下述公式要求:In a possible design, the R value calculation of the source cell meets the following formula requirements:
R s=Q meas,s+Q Hyst-Qoffset temp-offsetpos R s =Q meas,s +Q Hyst -Qoffset temp -offsetpos
其中,Q meas,s为所述源小区的RSRP测量值,Q Hyst为所述源小区的迟滞量,Qoffset temp为所述源小区的临时补偿值,Offsetpos为所述源小区的定位偏置量; Where Q meas, s is the RSRP measurement value of the source cell, Q Hyst is the hysteresis amount of the source cell, Qoffset temp is the temporary compensation value of the source cell, and Offsetpos is the positioning offset of the source cell. ;
所述候选小区的R值计算符合下述公式要求:The R value calculation of the candidate cell meets the following formula requirements:
R n=Q meas,n-Qoffset-Qoffset temp-offsetpos R n =Q meas,n -Qoffset-Qoffset temp -offsetpos
其中,Q meas,n为所述候选小区的RSRP测量值,Qoffset为所述候选小区的偏移量,Qoffset temp表示对所述候选小区的临时补偿值,Offsetpos为所述候选小区的定位偏置量。 Wherein, Q meas, n is an RSRP measurement value of the candidate cell, Qoffset is an offset of the candidate cell, Qoffset temp represents a temporary compensation value for the candidate cell, and Offsetpos is a positioning offset of the candidate cell. the amount.
通过上述方法,R值的计算同时考虑到了小区的信号质量和定位偏置量,使得根据R值确定的目标小区信号质量较好,同时支持定位服务的概率也变大,避免终端设备重选小区之后不能进行定位的情况。Through the above method, the calculation of the R value takes into consideration the signal quality and the positioning offset of the cell, so that the target cell signal quality determined according to the R value is good, and the probability of supporting the positioning service is also increased, and the terminal device is prevented from reselecting the cell. It is not possible to perform positioning afterwards.
本申请提供一种定位的方法及装置,用以解决现有技术中在进行小区重选后,终端设备定位业务产生中断问题。The present application provides a method and an apparatus for locating a terminal device to generate an interruption problem in a terminal device after performing cell reselection in the prior art.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由终端设备、终端设备中的芯片或芯片系统、或云端设备等装置执行,所述方法包括:终端设备接收第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据,其中,所述第一定位辅助数据为所述终端设备从源小区重选到所述目标小区之前所述目标小区发送的定位辅助数据,所述第二定位辅助数据为所述终端设备从所述源小区重选到所述目标小区之后所述目标小区发送的定位辅助数据;所述终端设备根据所述第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据进行定位。In a second aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which may be performed by a terminal device, a chip or a chip system in a terminal device, or a device such as a cloud device, where the method includes: receiving, by the terminal device, the first positioning assistance. Data and second positioning assistance data, wherein the first positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the terminal device from the source cell to the target cell before the target cell, the second positioning assistance data Positioning assistance data sent by the target cell after the terminal device reselects from the source cell to the target cell; the terminal device performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data.
通过上述方法,终端设备在源小区重选到所述目标小区之前,已接收目标小区发送的第一定位辅助数据,当重选到所述目标小区之后,能够更快的利用之前接收的第一定位辅助数据和重选后接收的第二定位辅助数据进行定位,保证了终端设备的定位业务不会发生中断。The first location assistance data sent by the target cell is received by the terminal device before the source cell is reselected to the target cell, and the first received before the cell is reselected. The positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data received after the reselection are positioned to ensure that the positioning service of the terminal device is not interrupted.
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备根据所述第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据进行定位之前,所述终端设备先确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站不同。In a possible design, before the terminal device performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data, the terminal device first determines a positioning reference station of the target cell and the source cell. The positioning reference station is different.
通过上述方法,所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站不同的情况下,终端设备可以利用所述第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据进行定位,可以保证终端设备在小区重选后继续进行定位业务,不会产生中断。In the above method, if the positioning reference station of the target cell is different from the positioning reference station of the source cell, the terminal device may perform positioning by using the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data, and the terminal device may be secured. After the cell is reselected, the positioning service is continued without interruption.
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同,所述终端设备根据所述第二定位辅助数据和第三定位辅助数据进行定位,其中,所述第三定位辅助数据是所述终端设备保存的、在所述终端设备切换到所述目标小区之前所述源小区发送的定位辅助数据。In a possible design, the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and the terminal device is configured according to the second positioning assistance data and the third positioning assistance data. The positioning is performed, wherein the third positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data that is sent by the source cell before the terminal device switches to the target cell, and is saved by the terminal device.
通过上述方法,所述终端设备确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同的情况下,所述终端设备在重选前从源小区接收的第三定位参考信息仍能继续使用,利用第二定位辅助数据和第三定位辅助数据可以继续进行定位,使得终端设备的定位业务不会发生中断。In the above method, the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and the third positioning reference information received by the terminal device from the source cell before reselection is still The continuation can be continued, and the positioning can be continued by using the second positioning assistance data and the third positioning assistance data, so that the positioning service of the terminal device is not interrupted.
在一种可能的设计中,在判断所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站是否相同之前,所述终端设备确定所述目标小区的定位参考站和所述源小区的定位参考站,所述终端设备读取所述第一定位辅助数据;之后根据所述第一定位辅助数据确定所述目标小区的定位参考站;所述终端设备根据第三定位辅助数据确定所述源小区的定位参考站,所述第三定位辅助数据是所述终端设备保存的、在所述终端设备切换到所述目标小区之前所述源小区发送的定位辅助数据。In a possible design, before determining whether the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, the terminal device determines a positioning reference station of the target cell and the source cell. Positioning a reference station, the terminal device reads the first positioning assistance data; and then determining a positioning reference station of the target cell according to the first positioning assistance data; the terminal device determining, according to the third positioning assistance data, a positioning reference station of the source cell, where the third positioning assistance data is positioning positioning data that is sent by the source cell and is sent by the source cell before the terminal device switches to the target cell.
通过上述方法,所述终端设备可以根据第一定位辅助数据和第三定位辅助数据快速、方便的确定出目标小区和源小区的定位参考站。Through the foregoing method, the terminal device can quickly and conveniently determine the positioning reference station of the target cell and the source cell according to the first positioning assistance data and the third positioning assistance data.
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备根据所述第一定位辅助数据确定所述目标小区的定位参考站之前,所述终端设备确定所述目标小区满足下列条件的部分或全部:In a possible design, before the terminal device determines the positioning reference station of the target cell according to the first positioning assistance data, the terminal device determines that the target cell meets part or all of the following conditions:
条件一、所述目标小区的信号质量大于设定阈值; Condition 1. The signal quality of the target cell is greater than a set threshold;
条件二、所述目标小区的优先级高于所述源小区的优先级;Condition 2: the priority of the target cell is higher than the priority of the source cell;
条件三、所述目标小区的R值高于所述源小区的R值;Condition 3: The R value of the target cell is higher than the R value of the source cell;
条件四、所述目标小区支持定位服务;Condition 4: The target cell supports a positioning service;
通过上述方法,在读取第一定位辅助数据确定目标小区的定位参考站之前,可以根据预设的条件确定是否需要执行确定目标小区的定位参考站的操作,在不满足预设的条件下,可以不确定目标小区的定位参考站,使得确定目标小区的定位参考站的方式更加灵活。Before the first positioning assistance data is read to determine the positioning reference station of the target cell, whether the operation of determining the positioning reference station of the target cell needs to be performed may be performed according to the preset condition, if the preset reference condition is not met, The positioning reference station of the target cell may be undefined, so that the manner of determining the positioning reference station of the target cell is more flexible.
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同之后,所述终端设备删除所述第一定位辅助数据。In a possible design, after the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, the terminal device deletes the first positioning assistance data.
通过上述方法,所述终端设备确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同,删除所述第一定位辅助数据,可以有效节约存储空间。In the above method, the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and deleting the first positioning assistance data can effectively save storage space.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一定位辅助数据和所述第二定位辅助数据是所述目标小区单播或广播的,所述第三定位辅助数据是所述源小区单播或广播的。In a possible design, the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data are unicast or broadcasted by the target cell, and the third positioning assistance data is the source cell unicast or broadcast. of.
通过上述方法,提供了多种接收定位辅助数据的方式,通过接收的定位辅助数据进行定位或确定定位参考站。Through the above method, a plurality of manners of receiving positioning assistance data are provided, and positioning or determining a positioning reference station is performed by the received positioning assistance data.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由终端设备、终端设备中的芯片或芯片系统、或云端设备等装置执行,所述方法包括:终端设备从源小区切换到目标小区之后,在确定目标小区的定位参考站与源小区的定位参考站不同后,所述终端设备接收所述源小区发送的第一定位辅助数据;所述终端设备根据所述第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据进行定位,其中,所述第二定位辅助数据是所述终端设备保存的、从所述源小区切换到所述目标小区之前所述源小区发送的定位辅助数据。In a third aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which may be performed by a terminal device, a chip or a chip system in a terminal device, or a device such as a cloud device, where the method includes: the terminal device switches from the source cell to the source device. After the target cell is determined to be different from the positioning reference station of the source cell, the terminal device receives the first positioning assistance data sent by the source cell, and the terminal device is configured according to the first location assistance. The data and the second positioning assistance data are used for positioning, wherein the second positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the source cell before the source cell is switched to the target cell and saved by the terminal device.
通过上述方法,终端设备从源小区切换到目标小区之后,所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站不同的情况下,仍接收源小区的第一定位系统消息,并利用已保存的所述第二定位系统消息进行定位,使得终端设备的定位业务不会中断。After the terminal device switches from the source cell to the target cell, if the location reference station of the target cell is different from the location reference station of the source cell, the first location system message of the source cell is still received and utilized. The saved second positioning system message is located, so that the positioning service of the terminal device is not interrupted.
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同;所述终端设备根据所述第二定位辅助数据和第三定位辅助数据进行定位,所述第三定位辅助数据是所述终端设备从所述源小区切换到所述目标小区之后接收的、所述目标小区发送的定位辅助数据。In a possible design, the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell; and the terminal device is configured according to the second positioning assistance data and the third positioning assistance data. Performing positioning, the third positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the target cell that is received by the terminal device after being switched from the source cell to the target cell.
通过上述方法,所述终端设备确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同的情况下,所述终端设备在目标小区接收的第三定位辅助数据可直接使用,利用第三定位系统消息可以继续进行定位,使得终端设备的定位业务不会发生中断。In the above method, if the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, the third positioning assistance data received by the terminal device in the target cell may be directly used and utilized. The third positioning system message can continue to be located, so that the positioning service of the terminal device does not interrupt.
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备确定目标小区的定位参考站和源小区的定位参考站时,首先所述终端设备读取所述第一定位辅助数据;之后根据所述第一定位辅助数据确定所述源小区的定位参考站;所述终端设备根据所述第三定位辅助数据确定所述目标小区的定位参考站。In a possible design, when the terminal device determines the positioning reference station of the target cell and the positioning reference station of the source cell, the terminal device first reads the first positioning assistance data; and then according to the first positioning The auxiliary data determines a positioning reference station of the source cell; the terminal device determines a positioning reference station of the target cell according to the third positioning assistance data.
通过上述方法,所述终端设备可以根据定位系统消息中的定位辅助数据快速、方便的确定出目标小区和源小区的定位参考站。Through the foregoing method, the terminal device can quickly and conveniently determine the positioning reference station of the target cell and the source cell according to the positioning assistance data in the positioning system message.
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同之后,所述终端设备删除所述第二定位系统消息。In a possible design, after the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, the terminal device deletes the second positioning system message.
通过上述方法,所述终端设备确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同,删除所述第二定位系统消息,可以有效节约存储空间。In the above method, the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and deleting the second positioning system message can effectively save storage space.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由终端设备、终端设备中的芯片或芯片系统、或云端设备等装置执行,所述方法包括:终端设备从源小区切换到目标小区之后,所述终端设备保存第一定位辅助数据,所述第一定位辅助数据是所述终端设备从所述源小区切换到所述目标小区之前所述源小区发送的定位辅助数据;所述终端设备在确定目标小区的定位参考站与源小区的定位参考站不同后,所述终端设备根据所述第一定位辅助数据进行定位。In a fourth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which may be performed by a terminal device, a chip or a chip system in a terminal device, or a device such as a cloud device, where the method includes: the terminal device switches from the source cell to the source device. After the target cell, the terminal device stores first positioning assistance data, where the first positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the source cell before the terminal device switches from the source cell to the target cell; After determining that the positioning reference station of the target cell is different from the positioning reference station of the source cell, the terminal device performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data.
通过上述方法,所述终端设备不删除第一定位辅助数据,使得所述终端设备从源小区切换到目标小区之后,可以根据第一定位辅助数据进行定位,可以保证所述终端设备的定位业务不中断。After the foregoing method is used, the terminal device does not delete the first positioning assistance data, so that after the terminal device is switched from the source cell to the target cell, the terminal device may perform positioning according to the first positioning assistance data, and the positioning service of the terminal device may be ensured. Interrupted.
一种可能的实施方式,所述终端设备确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同;所述终端设备根据所述第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据进行定位,所述第二定位辅助数据是所述终端设备从所述源小区切换到所述目标小区之后接收的、所述目标小区发送的定位辅助数据。a possible implementation manner, the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell; and the terminal device performs, according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data. Positioning, the second positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the target cell that is received by the terminal device after being switched from the source cell to the target cell.
通过上述方法,在所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同的情况下,所述终端设备可以利用第二定位辅助数据对第一定位辅助数据进行更新,实现定位,使得所述终端设备从源小区切换到目标小区之后,定位业务不中断。In the above method, when the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, the terminal device may use the second positioning assistance data to update the first positioning assistance data to achieve positioning. After the terminal device is switched from the source cell to the target cell, the positioning service is not interrupted.
一种可能的实施方式,在判断所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站是否相同之前,所述终端设备需要先确定所述目标小区的定位参考站和所述源小区的定位参考站,首选所述终端设备读取所述第一定位辅助数据;之后根据所述第一定位辅助数据确定所述源小区的定位参考站;所述终端设备根据第二定位辅助数据确定所述目标小区的定位参考站,所述第二定位辅助数据是所述终端设备从所述源小区切换到所述目标小区之后接收的、所述目标小区发送的定位辅助数据。In a possible implementation, before determining whether the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, the terminal device needs to first determine a positioning reference station and the source cell of the target cell. Positioning reference station, the terminal device is preferred to read the first positioning assistance data; and then determining a positioning reference station of the source cell according to the first positioning assistance data; the terminal device determining according to the second positioning assistance data a positioning reference station of the target cell, where the second positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the target cell that is received by the terminal device after being switched from the source cell to the target cell.
通过上述方法,所述终端设备可以根据第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据快速、方便的确定出目标小区和源小区的定位参考站。Through the foregoing method, the terminal device can quickly and conveniently determine the positioning reference station of the target cell and the source cell according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data.
一种可能的实施方式,所述终端设备根据所述第一定位辅助数据进行定位之后,所述终端设备可持续接收所述第二定位辅助数据,若可以根据所述第二定位辅助数据进行定位,则根据所述第二定位辅助数据进行定位,也可以停止根据所述第一定位辅助数据进行定位。According to a possible implementation manner, after the terminal device performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data, the terminal device may continue to receive the second positioning assistance data, and if the terminal device can perform positioning according to the second positioning assistance data, And performing positioning according to the second positioning assistance data, or stopping positioning according to the first positioning assistance data.
通过上述方法,所述终端设备可以在能够根据第二定位辅助数据进行定位时,采用第二定位辅助数据进行定位,可以保证所述终端设备的定位业务的高精度。In the above method, the terminal device can perform positioning by using the second positioning assistance data when the positioning is performed according to the second positioning assistance data, so that the positioning service of the terminal device can be highly accurate.
一种可能的实施方式,所述终端设备根据所述第一定位辅助数据进行定位之后,所述终端设备删除所述第一定位辅助数据。In a possible implementation manner, after the terminal device performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data, the terminal device deletes the first positioning assistance data.
通过上述方法,所述终端设备确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同,删除所述第一定位辅助数据,可以有效节约存储空间。In the above method, the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and deleting the first positioning assistance data can effectively save storage space.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由基站、基站中的芯片或芯片系统、或云端设备等装置执行,所述方法包括:源基站接收到终端设备发送的指示消息,所述指示消息用于指示所述终端设备需要定位辅助数据;所述源基站在确定需要切换小区时,向目标基站发送切换请求,所述切换请求中包含用于请求定位辅助数据的请求指示;所述源基站接收所述目标基站发送的定位辅助数据或第一定位指示消息,所述第一定位指示消息用于指示所述目标基站的定位参考站与所述源基站的定位参考站相同。In a fifth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which may be performed by a base station, a chip or chip system in a base station, or a device such as a cloud device, where the method includes: the source base station receives an indication sent by the terminal device. a message, the indication message is used to indicate that the terminal device needs to locate auxiliary data, and the source base station sends a handover request to the target base station when determining that the cell needs to be switched, where the handover request includes a request for requesting positioning assistance data. Instructing the source base station to receive the positioning assistance data or the first positioning indication message sent by the target base station, where the first positioning indication message is used to indicate the positioning reference station of the target base station and the positioning reference station of the source base station the same.
通过上述方法,源基站在确定终端设备需要切换小区时,可以先向目标基站请求定位辅助数据,可以保证所述终端设备在切换到目标基站之前,提前获取所述定位辅助数据,使得终端设备在切换到目标基站后能够进行定位,终端设备的定位业务不中断。When the source base station determines that the terminal device needs to switch the cell, the source base station may first request the positioning assistance data from the target base station, and may ensure that the terminal device acquires the positioning assistance data in advance before switching to the target base station, so that the terminal device is in the After the handover to the target base station, the positioning can be performed, and the positioning service of the terminal device is not interrupted.
在一种可能的设计中,所述源基站接收所述目标基站发送的定位辅助数据之后,所述源基站将所述定位辅助数据发送给所述终端设备。In a possible design, after the source base station receives the positioning assistance data sent by the target base station, the source base station sends the positioning assistance data to the terminal device.
通过上述方法,所述终端设备在切换到目标基站之前,提前获取所述定位辅助数据,使得终端设备在切换到目标基站后能够进行定位,终端设备的定位业务不中断。In the above method, the terminal device acquires the positioning assistance data in advance before switching to the target base station, so that the terminal device can perform positioning after switching to the target base station, and the positioning service of the terminal device is not interrupted.
在一种可能的设计中,所述源基站接收所述目标基站发送的定位辅助数据之后,所述源基站将接收到的所述定位辅助数据发送给所述终端设备之前,所述源基站确定所述目标基站的定位参考站;之后确定所述目标基站的定位参考站与所述源基站的定位参考站不同,其中,所述源基站的定位参考站是所述源基站根据所述源基站的定位辅助数据确定的。In a possible design, after the source base station receives the positioning assistance data sent by the target base station, the source base station determines, before the source base station sends the received positioning assistance data to the terminal device, the source base station determines Positioning the reference station of the target base station; determining that the positioning reference station of the target base station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station, wherein the positioning reference station of the source base station is the source base station according to the source base station The positioning aid data is determined.
通过上述方法,所述源基站可以在确定所述目标基站的定位参考站与所述源基站的定位参考站不同后,发送所述定位辅助数据,使得终端设备提前获取所述定位辅助数据,能够保证终端设备在切换小区后定位业务不中断。And the source base station may send the positioning assistance data after the positioning reference station of the target base station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station, so that the terminal device acquires the positioning assistance data in advance, and can Ensure that the terminal device does not interrupt the positioning service after switching the cell.
在一种可能的设计中,所述源基站在确定所述目标基站的定位参考站时,可以根据所述目标基站发送的定位辅助数据确定所述目标基站的定位参考站。In a possible design, when determining the positioning reference station of the target base station, the source base station may determine the positioning reference station of the target base station according to the positioning assistance data sent by the target base station.
通过上述方法,所述源基站通过读取所述定位辅助数据可以方便、快捷的确定所述目标基站的定位参考站。Through the above method, the source base station can conveniently and quickly determine the positioning reference station of the target base station by reading the positioning assistance data.
在一种可能的设计中,所述源基站在确定所述目标基站的定位参考站时,若所述切换请求中携带第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述目标基站的定位参考站信息;所述源基站接收所述目标基站发送的第一反馈消息,所述第一反馈消息包括所述目标基站的定位参考站信息;所述源基站根据所述第一反馈消息确定所述目标基站的定位参考站。In a possible design, when the source base station determines the positioning reference station of the target base station, if the handover request carries the first request information, the first request information is used to request the target base station. Locating the reference station information; the source base station receives the first feedback message sent by the target base station, where the first feedback message includes positioning reference station information of the target base station; and the source base station determines according to the first feedback message A positioning reference station of the target base station.
通过上述方法,所述源基站通过发送第一请求小区可以方便、快捷的确定所述目标基站的定位参考站。Through the foregoing method, the source base station can conveniently and quickly determine the positioning reference station of the target base station by sending the first requesting cell.
在一种可能的设计中,所述指示信息包括下列至少一种:定位辅助数据的类型,GNSS ID,所述源基站的定位参考站信息。In a possible design, the indication information includes at least one of the following: a type of positioning assistance data, a GNSS ID, and positioning reference station information of the source base station.
在一种可能的设计中,所述请求指示包括下列至少一种所述定位辅助数据的类型,所述GNSS ID,所述源基站的定位参考站信息。In a possible design, the request indication includes a type of at least one of the following positioning assistance data, the GNSS ID, positioning reference station information of the source base station.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一定位指示消息包括下列至少一种:GNSS ID,所述目标基站的定位参考站信息。In a possible design, the first positioning indication message includes at least one of the following: a GNSS ID, positioning reference station information of the target base station.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由基站、基站中的芯片或芯片系统、或云端设备等装置执行,所述方法包括:目标基站接收到源基站发送的切换请求,所述切换请求中包含用于请求定位辅助数据的请求消息;所述目标基站向所述源基站发送定位辅助数据或第一定位指示消息,所述第一定位指示消息用于指示所述目标基站的定位参考站与所述源基站的定位参考站相同。In a sixth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which may be performed by a base station, a chip or a chip system in a base station, or a device such as a cloud device, where the method includes: the target base station receives the handover sent by the source base station. a request, the handover request includes a request message for requesting positioning assistance data, and the target base station sends positioning assistance data or a first positioning indication message to the source base station, where the first positioning indication message is used to indicate the The positioning reference station of the target base station is the same as the positioning reference station of the source base station.
通过上述方法,目标基站可以提前将所述定位辅助数据发送给源基站,可以保证所述终端设备在切换到目标基站之前,提前获取所述定位辅助数据,使得终端设备在切换到目标基站后能够进行定位,终端设备的定位业务不中断。The target base station can send the positioning assistance data to the source base station in advance, and can ensure that the terminal device acquires the positioning assistance data in advance before switching to the target base station, so that the terminal device can switch to the target base station after being switched to the target base station. For positioning, the positioning service of the terminal device is not interrupted.
在一种可能的设计中,所述目标基站向所述源基站发送定位辅助数据之前,所述目标基站根据所述请求消息确定所述源基站的定位参考站,所述请求指示包括所述源基站的定 位参考站信息;所述目标基站确定所述目标基站的定位参考站与源基站的定位参考站不同,其中,所述目标基站的定位参考站是所述目标基站根据所述目标基站的定位辅助数据确定的。In a possible design, before the target base station sends the positioning assistance data to the source base station, the target base station determines a positioning reference station of the source base station according to the request message, where the request indication includes the source Positioning reference station information of the base station; the target base station determines that the positioning reference station of the target base station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station, wherein the positioning reference station of the target base station is the target base station according to the target base station Positioning assistance data determined.
通过上述方法,目标基站在确定所述目标基站的定位参考站与源基站的定位参考站不同的情况下,提前将所述定位辅助数据发送给源基站,可以保证所述终端设备在切换到目标基站之前,提前获取所述定位辅助数据,使得终端设备在切换到目标基站后能够进行定位,终端设备的定位业务不中断。In the above method, the target base station sends the positioning assistance data to the source base station in advance if the positioning reference station of the target base station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station, so that the terminal device can be switched to the target. Before the base station, the positioning assistance data is obtained in advance, so that the terminal device can perform positioning after switching to the target base station, and the positioning service of the terminal device is not interrupted.
在一种可能的设计中,所述目标基站向所述源基站第一定位指示消息,所述目标基站根据所述请求消息确定所述源基站的定位参考站,所述请求指示包括所述源基站的定位参考站信息;所述目标基站确定目标基站的定位参考站与源基站的定位参考站相同时,向所述源基站第一定位指示消息,其中,所述目标基站的定位参考站是所述目标基站根据所述目标基站的定位辅助数据确定的。In a possible design, the target base station first locates an indication message to the source base station, and the target base station determines a positioning reference station of the source base station according to the request message, where the request indication includes the source Positioning reference station information of the base station; when the target base station determines that the positioning reference station of the target base station is the same as the positioning reference station of the source base station, the first positioning indication message is sent to the source base station, where the positioning reference station of the target base station is The target base station is determined according to positioning assistance data of the target base station.
通过上述方法,目标基站在确定所述目标基站的定位参考站与源基站的定位参考站相同的情况下,发送第一定位指示消息,可以确保所述终端设备在切换小区后,定位业务不会中断。In the above method, the target base station sends the first location indication message when the location reference station of the target base station is the same as the location reference station of the source base station, which ensures that the terminal device does not locate the service after switching the cell. Interrupted.
在一种可能的设计中,若所述切换请求中携带第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述目标基站的定位参考站信息;所述目标基站向所述源基站发送的第一反馈消息,所述第一反馈消息包括所述目标基站的定位参考站信息。In a possible design, if the handover request carries the first request information, the first request information is used to request positioning reference station information of the target base station; and the target base station sends the information to the source base station. a first feedback message, where the first feedback message includes positioning reference station information of the target base station.
通过上述方法,目标基站可以通过第一反馈消息向所述源基站发送目标基站的定位参考站信息,使得源基站可以方便的获取所述目标基站的定位参考站信息。The target base station may send the positioning reference station information of the target base station to the source base station by using the first feedback message, so that the source base station can conveniently acquire the positioning reference station information of the target base station.
在一种可能的设计中,所述请求指示包括下列至少一种所述定位辅助数据的类型,所述GNSS ID,所述源基站的定位参考站信息。In a possible design, the request indication includes a type of at least one of the following positioning assistance data, the GNSS ID, positioning reference station information of the source base station.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一定位指示消息包括下列至少一种:GNSS ID,所述目标基站的定位参考站信息。In a possible design, the first positioning indication message includes at least one of the following: a GNSS ID, positioning reference station information of the target base station.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由终端设备、终端设备中的芯片或芯片系统、或云端设备等装置执行,所述方法包括:终端设备在确定需要进行定位时,向源基站发送的指示消息,所述指示消息用于指示所述终端设备需要定位辅助数据;所述终端设备接收所述源基站发送的定位辅助数据。In a seventh aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which may be performed by a terminal device, a chip or a chip system in a terminal device, or a device such as a cloud device, where the method includes: determining, by the terminal device, that positioning is required. And an indication message sent to the source base station, where the indication message is used to indicate that the terminal device needs to locate the auxiliary data; and the terminal device receives the positioning assistance data sent by the source base station.
通过上述方式,所述终端设备在切换到目标基站之前,提前获取所述定位辅助数据,使得终端设备在切换到目标基站后能够进行定位,终端设备的定位业务不中断。In the above manner, the terminal device acquires the positioning assistance data in advance before switching to the target base station, so that the terminal device can perform positioning after switching to the target base station, and the positioning service of the terminal device is not interrupted.
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备接收所述源基站发送的定位辅助数据之后,所述终端设备根据所述定位辅助数据确定目标基站的定位参考站;所述终端设备根据已接收的所述源基站发送定位辅助数据确定所述源基站的定位参考站;所述终端设备确定目标基站的定位参考站与源基站的定位参考站相同时,删除所述定位辅助数据,否则,保存所述定位辅助数据。In a possible design, after the terminal device receives the positioning assistance data sent by the source base station, the terminal device determines a positioning reference station of the target base station according to the positioning assistance data; the terminal device according to the received The source base station sends the positioning assistance data to determine the positioning reference station of the source base station; and the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target base station is the same as the positioning reference station of the source base station, and deletes the positioning assistance data; otherwise, the storage station Positioning assistance data.
通过上述方式,所述终端设备在切换到目标基站之前,若目标基站的定位参考站与源基站的定位参考站不同,提前保存所述定位辅助数据,使得终端设备在切换到目标基站后能够进行定位,终端设备的定位业务不中断。In the above manner, before the handover to the target base station, if the positioning reference station of the target base station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station, the positioning assistance data is saved in advance, so that the terminal device can perform the handover after switching to the target base station. Positioning, the positioning service of the terminal device is not interrupted.
第八方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置,所述装置应用于终端,有益效果可以参见第一方面的描述此处不再赘述。该装置具有实现上述第一方面的方法实例中行为的 功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。在一个可能的设计中,所述装置的结构中包括选择单元和处理单元,这些单元可以执行上述第一方面方法示例中的相应功能,具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。In an eighth aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a terminal, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the first aspect, and details are not described herein again. The device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method examples of the first aspect described above. The functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above. In a possible design, the structure of the device includes a selection unit and a processing unit, and the units can perform the corresponding functions in the method example of the first aspect. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, which is not described herein.
第九方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置,所述装置应用于终端,有益效果可以参见第一方面的描述此处不再赘述。所述通信装置的结构中包括处理器和存储器,所述处理器被配置为支持所述终端执行上述第一方面方法中相应的功能。所述存储器与所述处理器耦合,其保存所述终端必要的程序指令和数据,所述通信装置的结构中还包括收发器,用于与其他设备进行通信。In a ninth aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a terminal, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the first aspect, and details are not described herein again. The structure of the communication device includes a processor and a memory, the processor being configured to support the terminal to perform a corresponding function in the method of the first aspect described above. The memory is coupled to the processor, which stores program instructions and data necessary for the terminal, and the communication device further includes a transceiver for communicating with other devices.
第十方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置,所述装置应用于终端,有益效果可以参见第二方面的描述此处不再赘述。该装置具有实现上述第二方面的方法实例中行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。在一个可能的设计中,所述装置的结构中包括传输单元和处理单元,这些单元可以执行上述第二方面方法示例中的相应功能,具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。In a tenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a terminal, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the second aspect, and details are not described herein again. The device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method examples of the second aspect described above. The functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above. In a possible design, the structure of the device includes a transmission unit and a processing unit, and the units can perform the corresponding functions in the method example of the second aspect. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, which is not described herein.
第十一方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置,所述装置应用于终端,有益效果可以参见第二方面的描述此处不再赘述。所述通信装置的结构中包括处理器和存储器,所述处理器被配置为支持所述终端执行上述第二方面方法中相应的功能。所述存储器与所述处理器耦合,其保存所述终端必要的程序指令和数据,所述通信装置的结构中还包括收发器,用于与其他设备进行通信。In an eleventh aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a terminal, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the second aspect, and details are not described herein again. The structure of the communication device includes a processor and a memory, the processor being configured to support the terminal to perform a corresponding function in the method of the second aspect described above. The memory is coupled to the processor, which stores program instructions and data necessary for the terminal, and the communication device further includes a transceiver for communicating with other devices.
第十二方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置,所述装置应用于终端,有益效果可以参见第三方面的描述此处不再赘述。该装置具有实现上述第三方面的方法实例中行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。在一个可能的设计中,所述装置的结构中包括传输单元和处理单元,这些单元可以执行上述第三方面方法示例中的相应功能,具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。In a twelfth aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a terminal, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the third aspect, and details are not described herein again. The device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method examples of the third aspect above. The functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above. In a possible design, the structure of the device includes a transmission unit and a processing unit, and the units can perform the corresponding functions in the method example of the foregoing third aspect. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, which is not described herein.
第十三方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置,所述装置应用于终端,有益效果可以参见第三方面的描述此处不再赘述。所述通信装置的结构中包括处理器和存储器,所述处理器被配置为支持所述终端执行上述第三方面方法中相应的功能。所述存储器与所述处理器耦合,其保存所述终端必要的程序指令和数据,所述通信装置的结构中还包括收发器,用于与其他设备进行通信。In a thirteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a terminal, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the third aspect, and details are not described herein again. The structure of the communication device includes a processor and a memory, the processor being configured to support the terminal to perform a corresponding function in the method of the third aspect described above. The memory is coupled to the processor, which stores program instructions and data necessary for the terminal, and the communication device further includes a transceiver for communicating with other devices.
第十四方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置,所述装置应用于终端,有益效果可以参见第四方面的描述此处不再赘述。该装置具有实现上述第四方面的方法实例中行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。在一个可能的设计中,所述装置的结构中包括传输单元和处理单元,这些单元可以执行上述第四方面方法示例中的相应功能,具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。In a fourteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a terminal, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the fourth aspect, and details are not described herein again. The device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method examples of the above fourth aspect. The functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above. In a possible design, the structure of the device includes a transmission unit and a processing unit, and the units can perform the corresponding functions in the method example of the foregoing fourth aspect. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, which is not described herein.
第十五方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置,所述装置应用于终端,有益效果可以参见第四方面的描述此处不再赘述。所述通信装置的结构中包括处理器和存储器,所述处理器被配置为支持所述终端执行上述第四方面方法中相应的功能。所述存储器与所述 处理器耦合,其保存所述终端必要的程序指令和数据,所述通信装置的结构中还包括收发器,用于与其他设备进行通信。In a fifteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a terminal, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the fourth aspect, and details are not described herein again. The structure of the communication device includes a processor and a memory, the processor being configured to support the terminal to perform a corresponding function in the method of the fourth aspect described above. The memory is coupled to the processor, which stores program instructions and data necessary for the terminal, and the communication device further includes a transceiver for communicating with other devices.
第十六方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置,所述装置应用于基站,有益效果可以参见第五方面的描述此处不再赘述。该装置具有实现上述第五方面的方法实例中行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。在一个可能的设计中,所述装置的结构中包括传输单元和处理单元,这些单元可以执行上述第五方面方法示例中的相应功能,具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。In a sixteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a base station, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the fifth aspect, and details are not described herein again. The device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method example of the above fifth aspect. The functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above. In a possible design, the structure of the device includes a transmission unit and a processing unit, and the units can perform the corresponding functions in the method example of the foregoing fifth aspect. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, which is not described herein.
第十七方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置,所述装置应用于基站,有益效果可以参见第五方面的描述此处不再赘述。所述通信装置的结构中包括处理器和存储器,所述处理器被配置为支持所述终端执行上述第五方面方法中相应的功能。所述存储器与所述处理器耦合,其保存所述终端必要的程序指令和数据。所述通信装置的结构中还包括通信接口,用于与其他设备进行通信。In a seventeenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a base station, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the fifth aspect, and details are not described herein again. The structure of the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and the processor is configured to support the terminal to perform a corresponding function in the method of the above fifth aspect. The memory is coupled to the processor, which stores program instructions and data necessary for the terminal. The communication device also includes a communication interface for communicating with other devices.
第十八方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置,所述装置应用于基站,有益效果可以参见第六方面的描述此处不再赘述。该装置具有实现上述第六方面的方法实例中行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。在一个可能的设计中,所述装置的结构中包括传输单元和处理单元,这些单元可以执行上述第六方面方法示例中的相应功能,具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。In an eighteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a base station, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the sixth aspect, and details are not described herein again. The device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method example of the sixth aspect above. The functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above. In a possible design, the structure of the device includes a transmission unit and a processing unit, and the units can perform the corresponding functions in the method example of the sixth aspect. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, which is not described herein.
第十九方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置,所述装置应用于基站,有益效果可以参见第六方面的描述此处不再赘述。所述通信装置的结构中包括处理器和存储器,所述处理器被配置为支持所述终端执行上述第六方面方法中相应的功能。所述存储器与所述处理器耦合,其保存所述终端必要的程序指令和数据。所述通信装置的结构中还包括通信接口,用于与其他设备进行通信。In a nineteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a base station, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the sixth aspect, and details are not described herein again. The structure of the communication device includes a processor and a memory, the processor being configured to support the terminal to perform a corresponding function in the method of the sixth aspect described above. The memory is coupled to the processor, which stores program instructions and data necessary for the terminal. The communication device also includes a communication interface for communicating with other devices.
第二十方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置,所述装置应用于终端,有益效果可以参见第七方面的描述此处不再赘述。该装置具有实现上述第七方面的方法实例中行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。在一个可能的设计中,所述装置的结构中包括传输单元和处理单元,这些单元可以执行上述第七方面方法示例中的相应功能,具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。In a twentieth aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a terminal, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the seventh aspect, and details are not described herein again. The device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method example of the seventh aspect described above. The functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above. In a possible design, the structure of the device includes a transmission unit and a processing unit, and the units can perform the corresponding functions in the method example of the foregoing seventh aspect. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, which is not described herein.
第二十一方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置,所述装置应用于终端,有益效果可以参见第七方面的描述此处不再赘述。所述通信装置的结构中包括处理器和存储器,所述处理器被配置为支持所述终端执行上述第七方面方法中相应的功能。所述存储器与所述处理器耦合,其保存所述终端必要的程序指令和数据,所述通信装置的结构中还包括收发器,用于与其他设备进行通信。In a twenty-first aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the device is applied to a terminal, and the beneficial effects can be referred to the description of the seventh aspect, and details are not described herein again. The structure of the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and the processor is configured to support the terminal to perform a corresponding function in the method of the above seventh aspect. The memory is coupled to the processor, which stores program instructions and data necessary for the terminal, and the communication device further includes a transceiver for communicating with other devices.
第二十二方面,本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括程序指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述任一方面或上述各个方面任意一种设计的方法。In a twenty-second aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a computer readable storage medium, including program instructions, when executed on a computer, causing the computer to perform any of the above aspects or any of the above aspects. .
第二十三方面,本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机芯片,所述芯片与存储器相连,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的软件程序,使得计算机执行上述任一方面或上述各个方面的任意一种设计提供的方法。In a twenty-third aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a computer chip, where the chip is connected to a memory, and is configured to read and execute a software program stored in the memory, so that the computer performs any of the above aspects or the foregoing Any of the aspects provided by the design.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1为本申请提供的一种网络架构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture provided by the present application;
图2为本申请提供的一种网络架构示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture provided by the present application;
图3为本申请提供的一种通信方法示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application; FIG.
图4A为本申请提供的一种通信方法示意图;4A is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application;
图4B为本申请提供的一种通信方法示意图;4B is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application;
图4C为本申请提供的一种通信方法示意图;4C is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application;
图5为本申请提供的一种通信方法示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by the present application; FIG.
图6~图11为本申请提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。6 to 11 are schematic structural diagrams of a communication device provided by the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
首先,对本申请中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便使本领域技术人员理解。First, some of the terms used in the present application are explained so as to be understood by those skilled in the art.
1、定位系统消息,用户设备在定位时需要的数据,其中定位系统消息包括定位辅助数据、卫星信息、参考站信息、参考时间信息等。1. Positioning system message, data required by the user equipment during positioning, wherein the positioning system message includes positioning assistance data, satellite information, reference station information, reference time information, and the like.
2、定位辅助数据,用户设备在进行定位时所需要的数据,定位方法不同需要的定位辅助数据不同。用户设备利用定位辅助数据可以进行定位计算。2. Positioning auxiliary data, the data required by the user equipment for positioning, and the positioning assistance data required for different positioning methods are different. The user equipment can perform positioning calculation using the positioning assistance data.
3、源小区、目标小区,源小区为终端设备当前驻留的服务小区或者驻留小区;目标小区为终端设备在进行小区重选时,需要切换到的小区,所述目标小区可以是所述源小区的邻小区。3. A source cell and a target cell, where the source cell is a serving cell or a camping cell in which the terminal device currently resides; the target cell is a cell to which the terminal device needs to be handed over when performing cell reselection, and the target cell may be the The neighboring cell of the source cell.
4、定位参考站,小区广播的定位系统消息是从一个定位参考站接收的,定位参考站可以表示该小区广播的定位系统消息的来源,小区的定位参考站表示该小区广播的定位系统消息的来源,该小区不限于源小区、目标小区;基站的定位参考站标识基站广播的定位系统消息的来源,基站不限于源基站、目标基站。4. Positioning the reference station, the positioning system message broadcasted by the cell is received from a positioning reference station, the positioning reference station may indicate the source of the positioning system message broadcast by the cell, and the positioning reference station of the cell indicates the positioning system message broadcast by the cell. Source: The cell is not limited to the source cell and the target cell; the positioning reference station of the base station identifies the source of the positioning system message broadcast by the base station, and the base station is not limited to the source base station and the target base station.
5、定位偏置量,与小区是否支持定位服务有关,用于表征小区的定位服务质量的数值,可以根据具体场景设定,例如,支持定位服务的小区的定位偏置量为一个大于零的正数,不支持定位服务的小区的定位偏置量为零。5. The positioning offset is related to whether the cell supports the positioning service, and the value used to represent the positioning service quality of the cell may be set according to a specific scenario. For example, the positioning offset of the cell supporting the positioning service is greater than zero. A positive number, the positioning offset of the cell that does not support the positioning service is zero.
6、R值,本申请实施例涉及的R值,根据定位偏置量确定的,与小区是否支持定位服务有关;一个小区的R值给根据该小区的定位偏置量确定的,小区不限于源小区、目标小区。The R value is determined by the positioning offset according to whether the cell supports the positioning service according to the positioning offset. The R value of a cell is determined according to the positioning offset of the cell, and the cell is not limited. Source cell, target cell.
7、候选小区集合,候选小区集合为包含有至少一个候选小区的集合,候选小区中的小区可以是支持定位服务,也可以不支持定位服务,所述候选小区集合可以是由所述源小区的邻小区构成的,也即候选小区可以是邻小区。The candidate cell set is a set including at least one candidate cell, and the cell in the candidate cell may be a positioning service or may not support a positioning service, and the candidate cell set may be the source cell. The neighboring cell, that is, the candidate cell may be a neighboring cell.
8、空闲态、连接态,终端设备处于空闲态时,终端设备与基站没有建立连接;终端设备处于连接态时,所述终端设备与基站建立连接,可接收基站发送的信息。8. In the idle state and the connected state, when the terminal device is in the idle state, the terminal device does not establish a connection with the base station; when the terminal device is in the connected state, the terminal device establishes a connection with the base station, and can receive the information sent by the base station.
9、多个,指两个或两个以上。9, multiple, refers to two or more.
为了使本申请的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请作进一步地详细描述。In order to make the objects, technical solutions and advantages of the present application more clear, the present application will be further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
参阅图1所示,为本申请适用的一种可能的网络架构示意图。该网络架构为4G网络架构。该4G架构中的网元包括终端设备,图1中以终端设备为用户设备(user equipment,UE)为例。网络架构还包括MME、服务GPRS支持节点(serving GPRS support node,SGSN)、HSS、服务网关(serving gateway,S-GW)、分组数据网络网关(packet data network gateway,PDN gateway,P-GW)、策略与计费规则功能(policy and charging rules function,PCRF)实体、演进的通用陆基无线接入网(evolved universal terrestrial radio access network,E-TURAN)增强的服务移动定位中心(evolved serving mobile location center,E-SMLC),网关移动定位中心(gateway mobile location center,GMLC)等。Referring to FIG. 1, a schematic diagram of a possible network architecture applicable to the present application is shown. The network architecture is a 4G network architecture. The network element in the 4G architecture includes a terminal device. In FIG. 1, the terminal device is a user equipment (UE). The network architecture also includes an MME, a serving GPRS support node (SGSN), an HSS, a serving gateway (S-GW), a packet data network gateway (PDN gateway, P-GW), Policy and charging rules function (PCRF) entity, evolved universal terrestrial radio access network (E-TURAN) enhanced service mobile location center (evolved serving mobile location center) , E-SMLC), gateway mobile location center (GMLC), and the like.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中涉及的UE均是指包括移动设备(mobile equipment,ME)和安全模块的设备,其中,安全模块可以为通用集成电路卡(universal integrated circuit card,UICC),也可以为集成在ME中的安全存储单元,UICC中包括全球用户身份模块(Universal Subscriber Identity Module,USIM)。It should be noted that the UEs in the embodiments of the present application are all devices including a mobile device (ME) and a security module, where the security module may be a universal integrated circuit card (UICC). It can also be a secure storage unit integrated in the ME. The UICC includes a Universal Subscriber Identity Module (USIM).
E-UTRAN由多个演进的基站(evolved nodeB,eNodeB)组成,eNodeB之间通过X2接口彼此互联,eNodeB与演进分组核心网(evolved packet core,EPC)之间通过S1接口交互,而eNodeB与UE通过长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)-Uu互联。The E-UTRAN is composed of a plurality of evolved base stations (eNodeBs), and the eNodeBs are interconnected by an X2 interface. The eNodeB and the evolved packet core (EPC) exchange through the S1 interface, and the eNodeB and the UE Through long term evolution (LTE)-Uu interconnection.
MME的主要功能是支持NAS信令及其安全、跟踪区域(track area,TA)列表的管理、P-GW和S-GW的选择、跨MME切换时进行MME的选择、在向2G/3G接入系统切换过程中进行SGSN的选择、用户的鉴权、漫游控制以及承载管理、第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)不同接入网络的核心网络节点之间的移动性管理。The main function of the MME is to support NAS signaling and its security, management of the track area (TA) list, selection of P-GW and S-GW, MME selection when switching across MMEs, and connection to 2G/3G. In the system switching process, the SGSN is selected, the user's authentication, roaming control, and bearer management, and mobility management between the core network nodes of different access networks of the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP).
S-GW是终止于E-UTRAN接口的网关,其主要功能包括:进行基站间切换时,作为本地锚定点,并协助完成基站的重排序功能;在3GPP不同接入系统间切换时,作为移动性锚点;执行合法侦听功能;进行数据包的路由和前转;在上行和下行传输层进行分组标记;用于运营商间的计费等。The S-GW is a gateway terminated on the E-UTRAN interface. Its main functions include: acting as a local anchor point when performing inter-base station handover, and assisting in completing the reordering function of the base station; as a mobile when switching between 3GPP different access systems Sexual anchor; perform lawful interception; perform routing and forwarding of data packets; perform packet marking at the upstream and downstream transport layers; and be used for inter-operator billing.
P-GW是面向PDN终结于SGi接口的网关,如果UE访问多个PDN,UE将对应一个或多个P-GW。P-GW的主要功能包括基于用户的包过滤功能、合法侦听功能、UE的网络之间互连的协议(internet protocol,IP)地址分配功能、在上行链路中进行数据包传送级标记、进行上下行服务等级计费以及服务水平门限的控制、进行基于业务的上下行速率的控制等。The P-GW is a gateway that terminates the PDN to the SGi interface. If the UE accesses multiple PDNs, the UE will correspond to one or more P-GWs. The main functions of the P-GW include a packet filtering function based on the user, a lawful interception function, an internet protocol (IP) address allocation function between the UEs, and a packet transmission level flag in the uplink. Perform uplink and downlink service level charging and service level threshold control, and perform service-based uplink and downlink rate control.
HSS是用于存储用户签约信息的数据库,归属网络中可以包含一个或多个HSS。HSS负责保存跟用户相关的信息,例如用户标识、编号和路由信息、安全信息、位置信息、概要(Profile)信息等。The HSS is a database for storing user subscription information, and the home network may include one or more HSSs. The HSS is responsible for storing information related to the user, such as user identification, numbering and routing information, security information, location information, profile information, and the like.
E-SMLC用于支持用户的多种定位服务,也可以为用户提供定位辅助数据,将定位辅助数据传输给用户。The E-SMLC is used to support multiple positioning services of the user, and can also provide positioning assistance data for the user to transmit the positioning assistance data to the user.
GMLC为外部位置程序访问全球移动通信系统(global system for mobile communication,GSM)公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)的第一个结点,它执行注册授权检查和从归属位置寄存器(home location register,HLR)请求路由信息,一个PLMN可能会有多个GMLC。The GMLC is the first node of the public land mobile network (PLMN) for the external location program to access the global system for mobile communication (GSM), which performs the registration authorization check and the home location register (home) Location register, HLR) Request routing information. A PLMN may have multiple GMLCs.
E-SMLC、GMLC可以作为服务器提高定位系统消息或定位系统消息的调度信息。E-SMLC and GMLC can be used as servers to improve the scheduling information of positioning system messages or positioning system messages.
外部定位服务客户端(external location service client,Extemal LCS Client)为一个可以触发定位的外部节点。The external location service client (Extemal LCS Client) is an external node that can trigger positioning.
其中,图1所示的架构中,与本申请有关的网元主要是:UE、E-UTRAN、E-SMLC、GMLC。Among the architectures shown in FIG. 1 , the network elements related to the present application are mainly: UE, E-UTRAN, E-SMLC, and GMLC.
参阅图2所示,为本申请适用的另一种可能的网络架构示意图。该网络架构为5G网络架构。该5G架构中的网元包括终端设备,图2中以终端设备为UE为例。网络架构还包括无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)、AMF实体、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)、用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)、UDM、AUSF、ARPF(图2中未示出)、SEAF(图2中未示出)、数据网络(data network,DN)、E-SMLC(图2中未示出)、GMLC(图2中未示出)等。Referring to FIG. 2, another possible network architecture diagram applicable to the present application is shown. The network architecture is a 5G network architecture. The network element in the 5G architecture includes a terminal device. In FIG. 2, the terminal device is a UE. The network architecture also includes a radio access network (RAN), an AMF entity, a session management function (SMF), a user plane function (UPF), a UDM, an AUSF, and an ARPF (in FIG. 2). Not shown), SEAF (not shown in FIG. 2), data network (DN), E-SMLC (not shown in FIG. 2), GMLC (not shown in FIG. 2), and the like.
RAN的主要功能是控制用户通过无线接入到移动通信网络。RAN是移动通信系统的一部分。它实现了一种无线接入技术。从概念上讲,它驻留在某个设备之间(如移动电话、一台计算机,或任何远程控制机),并提供与其核心网的连接。RAN设备包括但不限于:5G中的(g nodeB,gNB)、eNodeB、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved nodeB,或home node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)、传输点(transmitting and receiving point,TRP)、发射点(transmitting point,TP)、移动交换中心等,此外,还可以包括无线保真(wireless fidelity,wifi)接入点(access point,AP)等。The main function of the RAN is to control the user's access to the mobile communication network through wireless. The RAN is part of a mobile communication system. It implements a wireless access technology. Conceptually, it resides between devices (such as a mobile phone, a computer, or any remote controller) and provides connectivity to its core network. RAN devices include, but are not limited to, (g nodeB, gNB), eNodeB, radio network controller (RNC), node B (NB), base station controller (BSC) in 5G. Base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved node B, or home node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), transmission and receiving point (TRP), transmission A point of convergence (TP), a mobile switching center, etc., and may also include a wireless fidelity (wifi) access point (AP) or the like.
AMF实体负责终端的接入管理和移动性管理,在实际应用中,其包括了LTE中网络框架中MME里的移动性管理功能,并加入了接入管理功能。The AMF entity is responsible for the access management and mobility management of the terminal. In practical applications, it includes the mobility management function in the MME in the network framework of LTE, and adds the access management function.
SMF实体负责会话管理,如用户的会话建立等。The SMF entity is responsible for session management, such as user session establishment.
UPF实体是用户面的功能网元,主要负责连接外部网络,其包括了LTE的服务网关(serving gateway,SGW)和公用数据网网关(public data network GateWay,PDN-GW)的相关功能。The UPF entity is a functional network element of the user plane, and is mainly responsible for connecting to an external network, and includes related functions of an LTE serving gateway (SGW) and a public data network gateWay (PDN-GW).
DN负责为终端提供服务的网络,如一些DN为终端提供上网功能,另一些DN为终端提供短信功能等等。SEAF实体用于完成对UE的认证过程,在5G中,SEAF的功能可以合并到AMF实体中。The DN is responsible for providing services to the terminal. For example, some DNs provide Internet access for terminals, and other DNs provide SMS functions for terminals. The SEAF entity is used to complete the authentication process for the UE. In 5G, the functions of the SEAF can be incorporated into the AMF entity.
AUSF实体具有鉴权服务功能,用于终结SEAF请求的认证功能。AMF网元负责终端的接入管理和移动性管理,在实际应用中,其包括了LTE中MME的移动性管理功能,并加入了接入管理功能。The AUSF entity has an authentication service function for terminating the authentication function of the SEAF request. The AMF network element is responsible for access management and mobility management of the terminal. In practical applications, it includes the mobility management function of the MME in LTE, and joins the access management function.
ARPF实体具有认证凭证存储和处理功能,用于存储用户的长期认证凭证,如永久密钥K等。在5G中,ARPF的功能可以合并到UDM实体中。The ARPF entity has an authentication credential storage and processing function for storing a user's long-term authentication credential, such as a permanent key K. In 5G, the functionality of ARPF can be incorporated into UDM entities.
UDM实体可存储用户的签约信息,实现类似于4G中的HSS的后端。The UDM entity can store the subscriber's subscription information, implementing a backend similar to the HSS in 4G.
E-SMLC用于支持用户的多种定位服务,也可以为用户提供辅助数据,将辅助数据传输给用户。The E-SMLC is used to support multiple positioning services for users, and can also provide auxiliary data for users to transmit auxiliary data to users.
GMLC为外部位置程序访问GSM PLMN的第一个结点,它执行注册授权检查和从HLR请求路由信息,一个PLMN可能会有多个GMLC。The GMLC accesses the first node of the GSM PLMN for the external location procedure, which performs registration authorization checks and requests routing information from the HLR. A PLMN may have multiple GMLCs.
E-SMLC、GMLC可以与AMF、UPF、SMF连接,可以作为服务器提高定位系统消息或定位系统消息的调度信息。E-SMLC and GMLC can be connected to AMF, UPF, and SMF, and can be used as a server to improve positioning information of positioning system messages or positioning system messages.
本申请中的终端设备,是一种具有无线收发功能的设备,可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。所述终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。The terminal device in the present application is a device with wireless transceiving function, which can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or on-board; it can also be deployed on the water surface (such as a ship, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air ( Such as airplanes, balloons and satellites, etc.). The terminal device may be a mobile phone, a tablet, a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal, an augmented reality (AR) terminal, industrial control (industrial control) Wireless terminal, wireless terminal in self driving, wireless terminal in remote medical, wireless terminal in smart grid, wireless terminal in transport safety Wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and so on.
其中,图2所示的架构中,与本申请有关的网元主要是:UE、RAN、E-SMLC、GMLC。Among the architectures shown in FIG. 2, the network elements related to the present application are mainly: UE, RAN, E-SMLC, and GMLC.
本申请既适用于图1所示的4G网络架构,也适用于图2所示的5G网络架构。This application applies to both the 4G network architecture shown in Figure 1 and the 5G network architecture shown in Figure 2.
本申请提供一种系统消息的获取方法及装置,用以解决现有技术中现有的系统消息获取方式较不灵活问题。其中,方法和装置是基于同一发明构思的,由于方法及装置解决问题的原理相似,因此装置与方法的实施可以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述。The present application provides a method and a device for acquiring a system message, which are used to solve the problem that the existing system message acquisition method in the prior art is less flexible. The method and the device are based on the same inventive concept. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repeated description is not repeated.
如图3所示,以终端设备为例说明本发明实施例提供的一种通信方法,但是并不限制本发明实施例应用到其他类型的设备中,该方法的具体流程可以包括:As shown in FIG. 3, a terminal device is taken as an example to describe a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the application to the other types of devices. The specific process of the method may include:
步骤301:终端设备准备进行小区重选时,从候选小区集合中选择一个候选小区作为目标小区;Step 301: When the terminal device is ready to perform cell reselection, select one candidate cell from the candidate cell set as the target cell.
步骤302:所述终端设备从所述源小区重选到所述目标小区中,所述目标小区为支持定位服务的小区。Step 302: The terminal device reselects from the source cell to the target cell, where the target cell is a cell that supports a positioning service.
其中,所述候选小区集合中包括支持定位服务的候选小区,所述源小区为所述终端设备在小区重选前驻留的小区。The candidate cell set includes a candidate cell that supports a positioning service, where the source cell is a cell that the terminal device camps before the cell reselection.
具体的,终端设备在确定目标小区时,可以选择优先级高于所述源小区的优先级的候选小区,也可以选择R值不低于所述源小区的R值。下面分别介绍两种小区重选的方式。Specifically, when determining the target cell, the terminal device may select a candidate cell with a priority higher than the priority of the source cell, and may also select an R value that is not lower than the R value of the source cell. The following describes the two ways of cell reselection.
第一种、所述目标小区的优先级不低于源小区的优先级。The first type, the priority of the target cell is not lower than the priority of the source cell.
所述终端设备首先确定所述源小区和各个候选小区的优先级;Determining, by the terminal device, a priority of the source cell and each candidate cell;
所述终端设备确定优先级不低于所述源小区优先级的候选小区,从所述优先级不低于所述源小区优先级的候选小区中选择一个候选小区作为目标小区。The terminal device determines a candidate cell whose priority is not lower than the priority of the source cell, and selects one candidate cell as the target cell from the candidate cells whose priority is not lower than the priority of the source cell.
一种可能的实施方式,所述终端设备可以选择优先级最高的候选小区作为目标小区。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device may select a candidate cell with the highest priority as the target cell.
其中,一个小区的优先级与该小区是否支持定位服务有关,支持定位服务的小区的优先级高于不支持定位服务的小区的优先级。The priority of a cell is related to whether the cell supports the positioning service, and the priority of the cell supporting the positioning service is higher than the priority of the cell not supporting the positioning service.
优先级的设置方式有许多种,下面简单介绍其中几种:There are many ways to set priorities. Here are a few of them:
方式一,当终端设备确定候选小区支持定位服务时,则直接将所述候选小区的优先级设置为最高优先级。具体的,终端设备可以在支持或者需要定位服务的时候,可以认为支持定位服务或者有广播定位服务的小区或者频点具有最高优先级,然后按照基于优先级的小区重选规则进行小区重选。当终端设备不需要定位服务或者需要广播的定位辅助数据时,可以将其最高优先级的设置去掉,按照普通的小区或者频点进行重选,也可能认为是较低优先级的小区或频点并进行重选。In the first manner, when the terminal device determines that the candidate cell supports the location service, the priority of the candidate cell is directly set to the highest priority. Specifically, when the terminal device supports or needs to locate the service, the cell or the frequency point supporting the positioning service or the broadcast positioning service may be regarded as having the highest priority, and then the cell reselection is performed according to the priority-based cell reselection rule. When the terminal device does not need the positioning service or the positioning assistance data that needs to be broadcast, the highest priority setting may be removed, and the reselection according to the normal cell or frequency point may also be considered as the lower priority cell or frequency point. And re-elect.
方式二,当终端设备确定候选小区支持定位服务时,为该候选小区设置优先级,设置的优先级高于源小区。具体在设置候选小区的优先级时,还可以根据候选小区的信号质量进行设置,只需保证候选小区若支持定位服务,则优先级高于所述源小区即可。In the second mode, when the terminal device determines that the candidate cell supports the location service, the terminal is set to a priority, and the priority is set to be higher than the source cell. Specifically, when setting the priority of the candidate cell, the setting may be performed according to the signal quality of the candidate cell, and only if the candidate cell supports the positioning service, the priority is higher than the source cell.
方式三、小区的系统广播或单播中可以携带小区的优先级(例如,源小区的优先级、候选小区的优先级),例如所述终端设备从源小区的系统广播或基站单播的RRC消息或者服务器发送的LTE定位协议(LTEpositioning protocol,LPP)消息中获得的所述源小区的优先级和所述候选小区的优先级,则在方式三中,小区的优先级可以服务器或者基站确定,例如,针对任一小区,若一个小区支持定位服务,则服务器直接将该小区的优先级设置为最高;终端设备在收到所述源小区的优先级和所述候选小区的优先级后,对各个小区的优先级进行排序,选取其中优先级最高的小区作为目标小区。即在发送优先级信息给终端时,可以将支持定位服务的小区或者频点设置为最高优先级并发给终端也可以将支持根据是否支持定位服务设置优先级发送给终端。Mode 3: The system broadcast or unicast of the cell may carry the priority of the cell (for example, the priority of the source cell and the priority of the candidate cell), for example, the system broadcast of the terminal device from the source cell or the RRC of the base station unicast The priority of the source cell and the priority of the candidate cell obtained by the message or the LTE positioning protocol (LPP) message sent by the server, in the third mode, the priority of the cell may be determined by the server or the base station, For example, for any cell, if a cell supports a location service, the server directly sets the priority of the cell to the highest; after receiving the priority of the source cell and the priority of the candidate cell, the terminal device The priorities of the cells are sorted, and the cell with the highest priority is selected as the target cell. That is, when the priority information is sent to the terminal, the cell or the frequency point supporting the positioning service may be set to the highest priority and sent to the terminal, and the support may be sent to the terminal according to whether the positioning service is set to the priority.
具体的,服务小区或者源小区可以广播或者单播支持定位服务的频点或者小区给终端设备。Specifically, the serving cell or the source cell may broadcast or unicast a frequency point or a cell supporting the positioning service to the terminal device.
此外,优先级配置也可以是默认配置。In addition, the priority configuration can also be the default configuration.
对于不支持定位服务的终端设备,若能够接收到最高定位服务小区最高优先级的配置则按照最高优先级的配置来进行小区重选。如果不能则按照低优先级或者按照正常的小区重选规则。For a terminal device that does not support the positioning service, if it can receive the highest priority configuration of the highest positioning serving cell, the cell reselection is performed according to the highest priority configuration. If not, follow the low priority or follow the normal cell reselection rules.
对于不支持的定位服务的终端设备,也可以将支持定位服务的小区或者频点认为是最低优先级。比如在一些情况下,如特定的小区或者频点。For a terminal device that does not support the positioning service, the cell or frequency point supporting the positioning service may also be considered as the lowest priority. For example, in some cases, such as a specific cell or frequency.
本申请中支持定位服务的小区可以理解为支持广播定位服务的小区或者正在广播定位辅助数据的小区。支持定位服务的终端设备可以理解为需要定位辅助数据的终端设备或者有定位能力的终端设备。A cell supporting the location service in this application may be understood as a cell supporting a broadcast location service or a cell broadcasting positioning assistance data. A terminal device supporting a positioning service can be understood as a terminal device that needs to locate auxiliary data or a terminal device that has positioning capability.
本申请中的小区为终端设备可以驻留或者服务的小区实体,也可以是频点。即优先级信息或者偏置量为可以为小区级别的也可以为频率级别的。The cell in this application is a cell entity that the terminal device can camp on or serve, and may also be a frequency point. That is, the priority information or the offset amount may be a cell level or a frequency level.
本申请中的源小区可以理解为小区重选或者切换前的小区,如服务小区。目标小区为小区重选或者切换后的小区。The source cell in this application can be understood as a cell reselection or a cell before handover, such as a serving cell. The target cell is a cell that is reselected or switched.
上述方式仅是举例说明,凡是在设置优先级时,能够保证支持定位服务的小区的优先级高于不支持定位服务的小区的优先级均适用于本发明实施例。The foregoing manner is only an example. When setting a priority, it can be ensured that the priority of the cell supporting the positioning service is higher than the priority of the cell not supporting the positioning service is applicable to the embodiment of the present invention.
需要说明的是,终端设备确定候选小区支持定位服务的方式有很多种,例如终端设备可以接收候选小区发生的系统消息,当确定其中包含有定位系统消息,或者包含有定位辅助数据时,则确定候选小区支持定位服务;又例如源小区可以在系统广播或单播中携带支持定位服务的小区的小区信息(如小区标识),终端设备接收源小区发送的支持定位服务的小区的小区信息后,可以确定支持定位服务的小区。It should be noted that the terminal device determines that the candidate cell supports the location service. For example, the terminal device can receive the system message generated by the candidate cell, and when it is determined that the location system message is included, or the location assistance data is included, The candidate cell supports the location service; for example, the source cell may carry the cell information (such as the cell identifier) of the cell supporting the location service in the system broadcast or the unicast, and the terminal device receives the cell information of the cell that supports the location service sent by the source cell, A cell supporting the location service can be determined.
第二种,目标小区为R值不低于所述源小区的候选小区(其中,包括目标小区为R值高于所述源小区的候选小区,或目标小区为R值等于所述源小区的候选小区)。或者基于小区排序cell-ranking准则进行小区重选。The second type, the target cell is a candidate cell whose R value is not lower than the source cell, wherein the target cell includes a candidate cell whose R value is higher than the source cell, or the target cell has an R value equal to the source cell. Candidate cell). Or performing cell reselection based on cell ranking cell-ranking criteria.
所述终端设备首先分别利用源小区和各个候选小区的定位偏置量确定源小区和各个候选小区的R值。The terminal device first determines the R values of the source cell and each candidate cell by using the positioning offset of the source cell and each candidate cell, respectively.
所述终端设备根据小区排序准则进行小区重选。具体的,对于支持定位服务的小区,可以使用定位偏置量或者补偿值进行小区重选。即在根据R准则计算R值时,利用定位偏置量进行计算或者确定各个小区的R值。The terminal device performs cell reselection according to a cell ranking criterion. Specifically, for a cell supporting the positioning service, the cell reselection may be performed by using a positioning offset amount or a compensation value. That is, when the R value is calculated according to the R criterion, the positioning offset amount is used to calculate or determine the R value of each cell.
具体的,可以对所有支持定位服务的小区,不管是源小区还是候选小区,都可以使用定位偏置量进行计算R值,最终选择小区排序最高的小区,也就是R值最高的小区。Specifically, for all cells supporting the positioning service, whether it is a source cell or a candidate cell, the positioning offset amount may be used to calculate the R value, and finally the cell with the highest cell ranking, that is, the cell with the highest R value is selected.
一种可能的实施方式,小区的系统广播或单播中可以发送小区的定位偏置量,例如所述终端设备从源小区的系统广播或基站单播的RRC消息或者服务器发送的单播LPP息中获得的所述源小区的定位偏置量;可以使得终端设备更容易重选到支持定位服务的小区。In a possible implementation manner, a positioning offset of a cell may be sent in a system broadcast or a unicast of a cell, for example, a RRC message sent by the terminal device from a system broadcast of a source cell or a unicast by a base station, or a unicast LPP message sent by a server. The positioning offset of the source cell obtained in the medium; the terminal device can be more easily reselected to the cell supporting the positioning service.
具体的,源小区和候选小区的R值的确认需要满足一定的公式要求,下面列举其中四种,在下述四种方式中,用Offsetpos表示小区的定位偏置量,在实际应用中也可以是其他名称,本申请不做限定。Specifically, the confirmation of the R value of the source cell and the candidate cell needs to meet certain formula requirements. The following four types are listed. In the following four modes, Offsetpos is used to indicate the positioning offset of the cell, and in actual applications, Other names are not limited in this application.
第一种,所述源小区的R值符合下述公式要求:First, the R value of the source cell meets the following formula:
Rs=Qmeas,s+QHyst-Qoffsettemp+offsetposRs=Qmeas,s+QHyst-Qoffsettemp+offsetpos
其中,Qmeas,s为所述源小区的参考信号接收功率RSRP测量值,QHyst为所述源小区的迟滞量,Qoffsettemp为所述源小区的临时补偿值,Offsetpos为所述源小区的定位偏置量;Wherein, Qmeas, s is a reference signal received power RSRP measurement value of the source cell, QHyst is a hysteresis amount of the source cell, Qoffsettemp is a temporary compensation value of the source cell, and Offsetpos is a positioning offset of the source cell. the amount;
所述候选小区的R值计算符合下述公式要求:The R value calculation of the candidate cell meets the following formula requirements:
Rn=Qmeas,n-Qoffset-Qoffsettemp+offsetposRn=Qmeas,n-Qoffset-Qoffsettemp+offsetpos
其中,Qmeas,n为所述候选小区的RSRP测量值,Qoffset为所述候选小区的偏移量,Qoffsettemp表示对所述候选小区的临时补偿值,Offsetpos为所述候选小区的定位偏置量。Where Qmeas, n is the RSRP measurement value of the candidate cell, Qoffset is the offset of the candidate cell, Qoffsettemp represents the temporary compensation value for the candidate cell, and Offsetpos is the positioning offset of the candidate cell.
一种可能的实现方式:只有支持定位服务的小区才使用定位偏置量来进行R值计算。A possible implementation manner: only the cell supporting the positioning service uses the positioning offset amount to perform the R value calculation.
可选的,在第一种方式中,支持定位服务的小区的定位偏置量可以大于不支持定位服务的小区的定位偏置量,其中所述定位偏置量可以是小区的服务器设置的一个默认值,在广播定位系统消息或者广播定位辅助数据时携带在广播的信息中。Optionally, in the first mode, the positioning offset of the cell supporting the positioning service may be greater than the positioning offset of the cell not supporting the positioning service, where the positioning offset may be one of the server settings of the cell. The default value is carried in the broadcasted information when broadcasting the positioning system message or broadcasting the positioning assistance data.
一种可能的实施方式,支持定位服务的小区定位偏置量为正数,对于不支持定位服务的小区定位偏置量为零,或者不设置定位偏置量。In a possible implementation manner, the cell positioning offset amount of the positioning service is positive, and the cell positioning offset amount is not zero for the positioning service, or the positioning offset is not set.
第二种,所述源小区的R值符合下述公式要求:Second, the R value of the source cell meets the following formula:
Rs=Qmeas,s+QHyst-Qoffsettemp-offsetposRs=Qmeas,s+QHyst-Qoffsettemp-offsetpos
其中,Qmeas,s为所述源小区的RSRP测量值,QHyst为所述源小区的迟滞量,Qoffsettemp为所述源小区的临时补偿值,Offsetpos为所述源小区的定位偏置量;Wherein, Qmeas, s is an RSRP measurement value of the source cell, QHyst is a hysteresis amount of the source cell, Qoffsettemp is a temporary compensation value of the source cell, and Offsetpos is a positioning offset amount of the source cell;
所述候选小区的R值计算符合下述公式要求:The R value calculation of the candidate cell meets the following formula requirements:
Rn=Qmeas,n-Qoffset-Qoffsettemp-offsetposRn=Qmeas,n-Qoffset-Qoffsettemp-offsetpos
其中,Qmeas,n为所述候选小区的RSRP测量值,Qoffset为所述候选小区的偏移量,Qoffsettemp表示对所述候选小区的临时补偿值,Offsetpos为所述候选小区的定位偏置量。Where Qmeas, n is the RSRP measurement value of the candidate cell, Qoffset is the offset of the candidate cell, Qoffsettemp represents the temporary compensation value for the candidate cell, and Offsetpos is the positioning offset of the candidate cell.
一种可能实现方式,所有不支持定位服务的小区才使用定位偏置量来进行R值计算。A possible implementation manner, all cells that do not support the positioning service use the positioning offset amount to perform R value calculation.
可选的,在第二种方式中,支持定位服务的小区的定位偏置量可以小于不支持定位服务的小区的定位偏置量,其中所述定位偏置量可以是小区的服务器设置的一个默认值,在广播定位系统消息或者广播定位辅助数据时携带在广播的信息中。Optionally, in the second mode, the positioning offset of the cell supporting the positioning service may be smaller than the positioning offset of the cell not supporting the positioning service, where the positioning offset may be one of the server settings of the cell. The default value is carried in the broadcasted information when broadcasting the positioning system message or broadcasting the positioning assistance data.
一种可能的实施方式,支持不定位服务的小区定位偏置量为正数,支持定位服务的小区定位偏置量为零,或者不设置定位偏置量。In a possible implementation manner, the cell positioning offset amount supporting the non-location service is a positive number, the cell positioning offset amount supporting the positioning service is zero, or the positioning offset amount is not set.
第三种、所述源小区的R值符合下述公式要求:Third, the R value of the source cell meets the following formula requirements:
Rs=Qmeas,s+QHyst-QoffsettempRs=Qmeas,s+QHyst-Qoffsettemp
其中,Qmeas,s为所述源小区的参考信号接收功率RSRP测量值QHyst为源小区的迟滞量,Qoffsettemp为所述源小区的临时补偿值。其中Qoffsettemp=offset1+offsetpos,Offsetpos为所述源小区的定位偏置量。The Qmeas, s is the reference signal received power RSRP measurement value QHyst of the source cell is the hysteresis amount of the source cell, and Qoffsettemp is the temporary compensation value of the source cell. Where Qoffsettemp=offset1+offsetpos, Offsetpos is the positioning offset of the source cell.
所述候选小区的R值计算符合下述公式要求:The R value calculation of the candidate cell meets the following formula requirements:
Rn=Qmeas,n-Qoffset-QoffsettempRn=Qmeas,n-Qoffset-Qoffsettemp
其中,Qmeas,n为所述候选小区的RSRP测量值,Qoffset为所述候选小区的偏移量。Where Qmeas, n is the RSRP measurement value of the candidate cell, and Qoffset is the offset of the candidate cell.
Qoffset=Qoffset1+offsetposi,Offsetposi为所述候选小区的定位偏置量;Qoffsettemp表示对所述候选小区的临时补偿值。Qoffset=Qoffset1+offsetposi, Offsetposi is a positioning offset amount of the candidate cell; Qoffsettemp represents a temporary compensation value for the candidate cell.
上述仅是举例说明,所述定位偏置量或者补偿值可以在上述计算公式中某一个参数中的基础上增加个偏置量或者补偿值来体现。The above is only an example. The positioning offset amount or the compensation value may be added by adding an offset amount or a compensation value to one of the above-mentioned calculation formulas.
可选的,在第三种方式中,支持定位服务的小区的定位偏置量可以小于不支持定位服务的小区的定位偏置量,其中所述定位偏置量可以是小区的服务器设置的一个默认值,在广播定位系统消息或者广播定位辅助数据时携带在广播的信息中。Optionally, in the third mode, the positioning offset of the cell supporting the positioning service may be smaller than the positioning offset of the cell not supporting the positioning service, where the positioning offset may be one of the server settings of the cell. The default value is carried in the broadcasted information when broadcasting the positioning system message or broadcasting the positioning assistance data.
一种可能的实施方式,支持不定位服务的小区定位偏置量为正数,支持定位服务的小区定位偏置量可以为零,或者可以不设置定位偏置量。In a possible implementation manner, the cell positioning offset amount supporting the non-location service is a positive number, the cell positioning offset amount supporting the positioning service may be zero, or the positioning offset amount may not be set.
第四种,所述源小区的R值符合下述公式要求:Fourth, the R value of the source cell meets the following formula requirements:
Rs=Qmeas,s+QHyst-QoffsettempRs=Qmeas,s+QHyst-Qoffsettemp
其中,Qmeas,s为所述源小区的RSRP测量值,QHyst为QHystt=Qoffset1-offsetposi。Offsetposi为所述源小区的定位偏置量;Qoffsettemp为所述源小区的临时补偿值。Where Qmeas, s is the RSRP measurement value of the source cell, and QHyst is QHystt=Qoffset1-offsetposi. Offsetposi is a positioning offset of the source cell; Qoffsettemp is a temporary compensation value of the source cell.
所述候选小区的R值计算符合下述公式要求:The R value calculation of the candidate cell meets the following formula requirements:
Rn=Qmeas,n-Qoffset-QoffsettempRn=Qmeas,n-Qoffset-Qoffsettemp
其中,Qmeas,n为所述候选小区的RSRP测量值,Qoffset为所述候选小区的偏移量,Qoffset=Qoffset1-offsetposi,Offsetposi为所述候选小区的定位偏置量;Qoffsettemp表示对所述候选小区的临时补偿值。Where Qmeas, n is the RSRP measurement value of the candidate cell, Qoffset is the offset of the candidate cell, Qoffset=Qoffset1-offsetposi, Offsetposi is the positioning offset of the candidate cell; Qoffsettemp indicates the candidate The temporary compensation value of the cell.
上述仅是举例说明,所述定位偏置量或者补偿值可以在上述计算公式中某一个参数中的基础上减去一个偏置量或者补偿值来体现。The above is only an example. The positioning offset amount or the compensation value may be represented by subtracting an offset amount or a compensation value from one of the above calculation formulas.
可选的,在第四种方式中,支持定位服务的小区的定位偏置量可以大于不支持定位服务的小区的定位偏置量,其中所述定位偏置量可以是小区的服务器设置的一个默认值,在广播定位系统消息或者广播定位辅助数据时携带在广播的信息中。Optionally, in the fourth mode, the positioning offset of the cell supporting the positioning service may be greater than the positioning offset of the cell not supporting the positioning service, where the positioning offset may be one of the server settings of the cell. The default value is carried in the broadcasted information when broadcasting the positioning system message or broadcasting the positioning assistance data.
一种可能的实施方式,支持定位服务的小区定位偏置量可以为正数,对于不支持定位服务的小区定位偏置量可以为零,或者不设置定位偏置量。In a possible implementation manner, the cell positioning offset amount of the positioning service may be a positive number, and the cell positioning offset amount may not be zero or the positioning offset amount may not be set.
在确定源小区和候选小区的R值时,可以采用上述方式中的任意一种,也可以采用上述多种方式结合的方式,例如对于支持定位服务的候选小区可以采用第一种方式,对于不支持定位服务的候选小区采用第二种方式;对于支持定位服务的候选小区可以采用第四种方式,对于不支持定位服务的候选小区采用第三种方式。When determining the R value of the source cell and the candidate cell, any one of the foregoing manners may be adopted, or a combination of the foregoing multiple manners may be adopted. For example, for the candidate cell supporting the positioning service, the first mode may be adopted. The candidate cell supporting the positioning service adopts the second mode; the fourth mode is adopted for the candidate cell supporting the positioning service, and the third mode is adopted for the candidate cell not supporting the positioning service.
需要说明的是,定位偏置量可以为一个默认值,例如,对于支持定位服务的设置一个相同的数值,对于不支持定位服务的小区可以不设置定位偏置量,或者设置定位偏置量为零;小区在系统广播或者单播时,可以将默认的定位偏置量携带在发送的消息中,所述终端设备熊所述发送的消息中获取所述定位偏置量,当终端设备在计算一个小区的R值时, 若该小区支持定位服务,则根据所述定位偏置量确定R值,如采用上述四种方式计算,若该小区不支持定位服务,则可根据现有的小区排序准则计算R值。It should be noted that the positioning offset can be a default value. For example, the setting of the positioning service is the same value. For the cell that does not support the positioning service, the positioning offset cannot be set, or the positioning offset is set to If the cell is in the system broadcast or unicast, the default positioning offset may be carried in the sent message, and the terminal device obtains the positioning offset in the message sent by the bear, when the terminal device is calculating If the cell supports the location service, if the cell supports the location service, the R value is determined according to the location offset. If the cell does not support the location service, the cell may be sorted according to the existing cell. The criteria calculate the R value.
应需理解的是,计算R值的方式许多种,本申请实施例并不限定计算R值的方式,凡是使得支持定位服务的小区的R值大于不支持定位服务的R值的计算R值的方式均适用于本发明实施例。It should be understood that there are many ways to calculate the R value. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the manner in which the R value is calculated. The R value of the cell supporting the positioning service is greater than the calculated R value of the R value that does not support the positioning service. The modes are all applicable to the embodiments of the present invention.
通过如图3所示的实施例,终端设备在源小区中准备进行小区重选时,选择的目标小区为支持定位服务的小区,使得终端设备在小区重选之后仍能够进行定位。When the terminal device is ready to perform cell reselection in the source cell, the selected target cell is a cell supporting the positioning service, so that the terminal device can still perform positioning after cell reselection.
无论采用现有技术中小区重选的方式还是本申请实施例提供的方式,终端设备在小区重选之后,如果需要进行定位则需要接收定位系统消息,只有在接收的定位系统消息的信息量足够以及获得高精度解时,终端设备才能根据接收到的定位系统消息进行高精度的定位。但从小区重选之后,到接收的定位系统消息的信息量不够以及没有获得高精度解前之前,终端设备无法进行定位,使得终端设备的定位业务存在中断。Regardless of the method of cell reselection in the prior art or the manner provided by the embodiment of the present application, after the cell reselection, the terminal device needs to receive the positioning system message if the positioning needs to be performed, and only the information of the received positioning system message is sufficient. And when a high-precision solution is obtained, the terminal device can perform high-precision positioning according to the received positioning system message. However, after the cell reselection, the terminal device cannot perform the positioning, and the positioning service of the terminal device is interrupted, before the information of the received positioning system message is insufficient and the high-precision solution is not obtained.
本申请实施例提供了一种定位的方法,用于解决现有技术中小区重选后终端设备定位业务存在中断的问题。The embodiment of the present application provides a method for locating a terminal device that is interrupted after cell reselection in the prior art.
如图4A所示,本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法,该方法包括:As shown in FIG. 4A, a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application includes:
步骤401:终端设备在所述源小区重选到所述目标小区之前,接收第一定位辅助数据。Step 401: The terminal device receives the first positioning assistance data before the source cell reselects to the target cell.
步骤402:终端设备在所述源小区重选到所述目标小区之后,接收第二定位辅助数据。Step 402: The terminal device receives the second positioning assistance data after the source cell is reselected to the target cell.
步骤403:所述终端设备根据所述第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据进行定位。Step 403: The terminal device performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data.
其中,所述第一定位辅助数据为所述终端设备从源小区重选到所述目标小区之前所述目标小区发送的定位辅助数据,所述第二定位辅助数据为所述终端设备从所述源小区重选到所述目标小区之后所述目标小区发送的定位辅助数据。The first positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the terminal device from the source cell to the target cell before the target cell is reselected, and the second positioning assistance data is that the terminal device is from the terminal device. The source cell reselects the positioning assistance data sent by the target cell after the target cell.
通过如图4A所示,终端设备在小区重选之前就接收到所述目标小区发送的第一定位辅助数据,在小区重选之后,接收所述目标小区发送的第二定位消息;终端设备可以持续进行接收数据,进而进行不中断的定位,可以保证定位业务不会发生中断。As shown in FIG. 4A, the terminal device receives the first positioning assistance data sent by the target cell before the cell reselection, and after the cell reselection, receives the second positioning message sent by the target cell; the terminal device may Continuously receiving data, and then performing uninterrupted positioning, can ensure that the positioning service will not be interrupted.
具体的,所述终端设备在根据所述第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据进行定位之前,所述终端设备可以先判断所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站是否相同,若所述终端设备确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站不同,则根据所述第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据进行定位;所述终端设备也可以不确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站是否相同,直接根据所述第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据进行定位。Specifically, before the terminal device performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data, the terminal device may first determine a positioning reference station of the target cell and a positioning reference station of the source cell. If the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is different from the positioning reference station of the source cell, performing positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data; the terminal device It is also possible to determine whether the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and directly perform positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data.
需要说明的是,所述终端设备判断所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站是否相同的操作只需在所述终端设备根据所述第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据进行定位之前进行,所述终端设备判断所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站是否相同的操作可以在所述终端设备从所述源小区切换到所述目标小区之前进行,也可以在所述终端设备从所述源小区切换到所述目标小区之后进行,此处不做限定。It should be noted that, the determining, by the terminal device, whether the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell is only required to be based on the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning by the terminal device Before the auxiliary data is located, the terminal device determines whether the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and the terminal device may switch from the source cell to the target cell. The foregoing process may be performed after the terminal device is switched from the source cell to the target cell, which is not limited herein.
所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站不同,说明所述目标小区和源小区发送的定位辅助数据并非来自同一个定位参考站,当终端设备重选到目标小区之后,所述终端设备接收到目标小区发送的第二定位辅助数据不能对所述终端设备小区重选之前接收的源小区发送的第三定位辅助数据进行更新,所述终端设备也不能在接收的源小区发送的第三定位辅助数据的基础上,通过目标小区发送的第二定位辅助数据进行定位;所 述终端设备在小区重选之前,已开始接收目标小区发送的第一定位辅助数据,使得终端设备在小区重选之后,能够根据来自一个定位参考站的第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据进行定位。The positioning reference station of the target cell is different from the positioning reference station of the source cell, indicating that the positioning assistance data sent by the target cell and the source cell does not come from the same positioning reference station, and after the terminal device reselects to the target cell, Receiving, by the terminal device, the second positioning assistance data that is sent by the target cell, the third positioning assistance data that is sent by the source cell that is received before the cell reselection of the terminal device cannot be updated, and the terminal device cannot be in the received source cell. Based on the sent third positioning assistance data, the positioning is performed by using the second positioning assistance data sent by the target cell; before the cell reselection, the terminal device starts to receive the first positioning assistance data sent by the target cell, so that the terminal device After cell reselection, positioning can be performed based on first positioning assistance data and second positioning assistance data from one positioning reference station.
一种可能的实施方式,所述终端设备若确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同;所述终端设备可以根据所述第二定位辅助数据和第三定位辅助数据进行定位,其中,所述第三定位辅助数据是所述终端设备保存的、在所述终端设备切换到所述目标小区之前所述源小区发送的定位辅助数据。In a possible implementation, the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell; the terminal device may be configured according to the second positioning assistance data and the third positioning assistance. The data is located, wherein the third positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data that is sent by the source cell and is sent by the source cell before the terminal device switches to the target cell.
所述终端设备确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同,说明目标小区和源小区发送的定位辅助数据来自同一个定位参考站,所述终端设备可以保存之前已接收的源小区发送的第三定位辅助数据,在保存的所述已接收的源小区发送的定位辅助数据的基础上,通过所述目标小区发送的所述第二定位辅助数据进行定位。The terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and indicates that the positioning assistance data sent by the target cell and the source cell are from the same positioning reference station, and the terminal device can save the previous positioning reference station. The third positioning assistance data sent by the received source cell is used for positioning by using the second positioning assistance data sent by the target cell, based on the saved positioning assistance data sent by the received source cell.
一种可能的实施方式,所述终端设备确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同,所述终端设备在进行定位时,可以不借助所述第一定位辅助数据,可以删除所述第一定位辅助数据,以节约存储空间。In a possible implementation, the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and the terminal device may not use the first positioning assistance data when performing positioning. The first positioning assistance data may be deleted to save storage space.
具体的,所述终端设备在确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站是否相同前,需要确定所述目标小区的定位参考站和所述源小区的定位参考站:Specifically, before determining whether the positioning reference station of the target cell and the positioning reference station of the source cell are the same, the terminal device needs to determine a positioning reference station of the target cell and a positioning reference station of the source cell:
所述终端设备读取所述第一定位辅助数据;The terminal device reads the first positioning assistance data;
所述终端设备根据所述第一定位辅助数据确定所述目标小区的定位参考站;Determining, by the terminal device, a positioning reference station of the target cell according to the first positioning assistance data;
所述终端设备根据第三定位辅助数据确定所述源小区的定位参考站。The terminal device determines a positioning reference station of the source cell according to the third positioning assistance data.
在定位辅助数据中携带有参考站信息,例如定位参考站标识(如ID),所述终端设备可以通过读取所述第一定位辅助数据包含的定位辅助数据,确定所述第一定位辅助数据中携带的参考站ID1,所述终端设备可以通过保存的、所述源小区发送的第三定位辅助数据,确定所述第三定位辅助数据中携带的参考站ID2;若参考站ID1与参考站ID2相同,则说明所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同,否则,所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站不同。The positioning assistance data carries the reference station information, for example, the positioning reference station identifier (such as an ID), and the terminal device may determine the first positioning assistance data by reading the positioning assistance data included in the first positioning assistance data. The reference station ID1 carried in the terminal device, the terminal device may determine the reference station ID2 carried in the third positioning assistance data by using the saved third positioning assistance data sent by the source cell; if the reference station ID1 and the reference station If the ID2 is the same, the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell. Otherwise, the positioning reference station of the target cell is different from the positioning reference station of the source cell.
需要说明的是,若所述终端设备从所述源小区切换到所述目标小区之前,所述终端设备可以根据已经接收并保存的所述源小区发送的定位辅助数据确定所述源小区的定位参考站,若所述终端设备从所述源小区切换到所述目标小区之后,所述终端需要确定所述源小区的定位参考站,所述终端设备在从所述源小区切换到所述目标小区之后,保存从所述源小区切换到所述目标小区之前所述源小区发送的定位辅助数据,再根据所述源小区发送的定位辅助数据中包含的定位辅助数据确定所述源小区的定位参考站,若所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同,则所述终端设备可以删除所述第三定位辅助数据,以节约存储空间,当然,也可以不删除。It should be noted that, before the terminal device is switched from the source cell to the target cell, the terminal device may determine the location of the source cell according to the positioning assistance data sent by the source cell that has been received and saved. a reference station, after the terminal device switches from the source cell to the target cell, the terminal needs to determine a positioning reference station of the source cell, and the terminal device switches from the source cell to the target After the cell, the positioning assistance data sent by the source cell before the source cell is switched to the target cell is saved, and the location of the source cell is determined according to the positioning assistance data included in the positioning assistance data sent by the source cell. If the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, the terminal device may delete the third positioning assistance data to save storage space, or may not delete.
由于所述终端设备在小区重选之前,接收所述目标小区发送的第一定位辅助数据,所述终端设备可以在小区重选之前,读取所述第一定位辅助数据,确定所述目标小区的定位参考站,之后所述终端设备再确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站是否相同;所述终端设备也可以在小区重选之后,读取所述第一定位辅助数据或第二定位辅助数据,确定所述目标小区的定位参考站,之后所述终端设备再确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站是否相同。Receiving, by the terminal device, the first positioning assistance data sent by the target cell, before the cell reselection, the terminal device may read the first positioning assistance data and determine the target cell before the cell reselection Positioning the reference station, and then the terminal device determines whether the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell; the terminal device may also read the first after the cell reselection The positioning assistance data or the second positioning assistance data is used to determine a positioning reference station of the target cell, and then the terminal device determines whether the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell.
一种可能的实施方式,所述终端设备在进行小区重选之前,若确定所述目标小区满足一定条件时,读取所述第一定位辅助数据。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device reads the first positioning assistance data if it is determined that the target cell meets a certain condition before performing cell reselection.
具体的,所述终端设备确定所述目标小区满足下列条件的部分或全部,所述终端设备读取所述第一定位辅助数据,根据所述第一定位辅助数据确定所述目标小区的定位参考站。Specifically, the terminal device determines that the target cell meets part or all of the following conditions, the terminal device reads the first positioning assistance data, and determines a positioning reference of the target cell according to the first positioning assistance data. station.
条件一、所述目标小区的信号质量大于设定阈值;说明所述目标小区的信号质量较好,终端设备在进行小区重选时,很有可能会重选到所述目标小区中。Condition 1: The signal quality of the target cell is greater than a set threshold; indicating that the signal quality of the target cell is good, and the terminal device is likely to be reselected into the target cell when performing cell reselection.
条件二、所述目标小区的优先级高于所述源小区的优先级;说明所述目标小区的优先级较高,所述终端设备在进行小区重选时,有较大的可能性重选到所述目标小区中,所述终端设备可以提前读取所述第一系统消息,其中条件二涉及的优先级可以是现有技术中设置的小区的优先级,也可以是如图3所述的实施例中所涉及的优先级。Condition 2: The priority of the target cell is higher than the priority of the source cell; the priority of the target cell is high, and the terminal device has a greater possibility of reselection when performing cell reselection. In the target cell, the terminal device may read the first system message in advance, where the priority of the condition 2 may be the priority of the cell set in the prior art, or may be as shown in FIG. The priority involved in the embodiment.
条件三、所述目标小区的R值高于所述源小区的R值,说明,所述目标小区的R值较大,其中,所述条件三涉及的R值可以是现有技术中小区的R值,也可以是如图3所述的实施例中所涉及的R值。或者R值排序前几的小区。Condition 3: The R value of the target cell is higher than the R value of the source cell, indicating that the R value of the target cell is large, wherein the R value involved in the condition 3 may be a cell in the prior art. The R value may also be the R value involved in the embodiment as described in FIG. Or the R value sorts the first few cells.
条件四、所述目标小区支持定位服务;所述目标小区支持定位服务,说明若终端设备在小区重选时,重选到所述目标小区,仍然能够进行定位。Condition 4: The target cell supports a positioning service; the target cell supports a positioning service, and indicates that if the terminal device reselects to the target cell when the cell is reselected, the positioning can still be performed.
本申请实施例提供了一种定位的方法,用于解决现有技术中,小区重选后终端设备定位服务业务存在中断的问题。The embodiment of the present application provides a method for locating a terminal device service service interruption after cell reselection in the prior art.
简单说来,在终端设备进行小区重选或切换之前从邻区或候选小区获得该小区的定位辅助数据,根据定位辅助数据中的参考站信息判断数据是来自同一个参考站,如果是同一个参考站,则终端设备可以仅保持源小区或者当前小区的定位辅助数据,当小区重选或者切换至目标小区(参考站相同)后,可以利用之前从源小区接收的定位辅助数据和从新小区接收的定位辅助数据进行持续的定位,比如说用收到的新的数据类型更新旧的数据类型。如果发现不是同一参考站,则终端设备可以在保存服务小区的定位辅助数据同时持续接收目标小区的定位辅助数据,当终端小区重选或者切换至目标小区后,可以利用之前接收的目标小区和切换后从目标小区接收的定位辅助数据进行定位,保存服务不中断。Briefly, the positioning assistance data of the cell is obtained from the neighboring cell or the candidate cell before the terminal device performs cell reselection or handover, and the data is determined to be from the same reference station according to the reference station information in the positioning assistance data, if it is the same For the reference station, the terminal device may only maintain the positioning assistance data of the source cell or the current cell, and after the cell is reselected or switched to the target cell (the same reference station), the positioning assistance data previously received from the source cell may be used and received from the new cell. The positioning assistance data is continuously positioned, for example, to update the old data type with the new data type received. If the discovery is not the same reference station, the terminal device may continue to receive the positioning assistance data of the target cell while saving the positioning assistance data of the serving cell, and may use the previously received target cell and the handover after the terminal cell is reselected or switched to the target cell. The positioning assistance data received from the target cell is then located, and the saving service is not interrupted.
其中本申请的定位辅助数据可以通过基站广播的方式获取或者通过单播的方式获取,单播是定位服务器单播给终端设备。The locating assistance data of the present application can be obtained by means of broadcast by the base station or by unicast, and the unicast is unicast by the positioning server to the terminal device.
如图4B所示,本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法,所述方法包括:As shown in FIG. 4B, a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application includes:
步骤401:终端设备从源小区切换到目标小区之后,在确定目标小区的定位参考站与源小区的定位参考站不同后,所述终端设备接收所述源小区发送的第一定位辅助数据。Step 401: After the terminal device is switched from the source cell to the target cell, after determining that the positioning reference station of the target cell is different from the positioning reference station of the source cell, the terminal device receives the first positioning assistance data sent by the source cell.
步骤402:所述终端设备根据所述第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据进行定位,其中,所述第二定位辅助数据是所述终端设备保存的、从所述源小区切换到所述目标小区之前所述源小区发送的定位辅助数据。Step 402: The terminal device performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data, where the second positioning assistance data is saved by the terminal device, and is switched from the source cell to the The positioning assistance data sent by the source cell before the target cell.
通过如图4B所示,终端设备在小区切换之后,仍接收到所述源小区发送的第一定位辅助数据,使得终端设备在接收的目标小区发送的定位辅助数据的总信息量不够以及没有获得高精度解前之前,不能够根据目标小区发送的定位辅助数据进行高精度定位时,所述终端设备仍能根据第一定位辅助数据和第二系统消息进而进行定位,可以保证终端设备的定位业务不会中断。As shown in FIG. 4B, after the cell handover, the terminal device still receives the first positioning assistance data sent by the source cell, so that the total amount of positioning assistance data sent by the terminal device in the received target cell is insufficient and not obtained. When the high-precision positioning is not performed before the high-precision solution, the terminal device can still perform positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second system message, and the positioning service of the terminal device can be ensured. Will not be interrupted.
具体的,所述终端设备在根据所述第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据进行定位之前,所述终端设备可以先判断所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站是否相同,若所述终端设备确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站不同,则根据所述第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据进行定位;所述终端设备也可以不确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站是否相同,直接根据所述第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据进行定位。Specifically, before the terminal device performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data, the terminal device may first determine a positioning reference station of the target cell and a positioning reference station of the source cell. If the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is different from the positioning reference station of the source cell, performing positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data; the terminal device It is also possible to determine whether the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and directly perform positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data.
所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站不同的说明可参见如图4A所示的实施例,此处不再赘述。For a description of the positioning reference station of the target cell and the positioning reference station of the source cell, refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A, and details are not described herein again.
一种可能的实施方式,所述终端设备确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同;所述终端设备根据所述第二定位辅助数据和第三定位辅助数据进行定位,所述第三定位辅助数据是所述终端设备从所述源小区切换到所述目标小区之后接收的所述目标小区发送的定位辅助数据。a possible implementation manner, the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and the terminal device performs the second positioning assistance data and the third positioning assistance data according to the second positioning assistance data. Positioning, the third positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the target cell that is received by the terminal device after being switched from the source cell to the target cell.
所述终端设备确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同,说明目标小区和源小区发送的定位辅助数据来自同一个定位参考站,所述终端设备可以保存的源小区发送的第二定位辅助数据的基础上,通过接收的所述目标小区发送的所述第三定位辅助数据进行定位,由于已经可以根据所述第三定位辅助数据进行定位,则所述终端设备可以不接收所述源小区发送的第一定位辅助数据。The terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and indicates that the positioning assistance data sent by the target cell and the source cell are from the same positioning reference station, and the source device can save the source. On the basis of the second positioning assistance data sent by the cell, the positioning is performed by the received third positioning assistance data sent by the target cell, and the positioning is performed according to the third positioning assistance data. The first positioning assistance data sent by the source cell may not be received.
一种可能的实施方式,所述终端设备确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同,所述终端设备在进行定位时,可以不借助所述第二定位辅助数据,可以删除所述第二定位辅助数据,以节约存储空间。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and the terminal device may perform the positioning without using the second positioning assistance data. The second positioning assistance data can be deleted to save storage space.
具体的,所述终端设备在确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站是否相同前,需要确定所述目标小区的定位参考站和所述源小区的定位参考站:Specifically, before determining whether the positioning reference station of the target cell and the positioning reference station of the source cell are the same, the terminal device needs to determine a positioning reference station of the target cell and a positioning reference station of the source cell:
所述终端设备读取所述第一定位辅助数据;根据所述第一定位辅助数据确定所述源小区的定位参考站;The terminal device reads the first positioning assistance data; and determines a positioning reference station of the source cell according to the first positioning assistance data;
所述终端设备根据所述第三定位辅助数据确定所述目标小区的定位参考站。The terminal device determines a positioning reference station of the target cell according to the third positioning assistance data.
在定位辅助数据中携带有参考站信息,可以根据所述参考站信息确定对应小区的定位参考站,例如参考站ID,所述终端设备可以通过读取所述第一定位辅助数据,确定所述第一定位辅助数据中携带的参考站ID1,所述终端设备可以通过在小区重选之后,所述终端设备接收的第三定位辅助数据,确定所述目标小区发送的第三定位辅助数据中携带的参考站ID2;若参考站ID1与参考站ID2相同,则说明所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同,否则,所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站不同。The positioning assistance data carries the reference station information, and the positioning reference station of the corresponding cell, for example, the reference station ID, may be determined according to the reference station information, and the terminal device may determine, by reading the first positioning assistance data, The reference station ID1 carried in the first positioning assistance data, the terminal device may determine that the third positioning assistance data sent by the target cell is carried in the third positioning assistance data received by the terminal device after the cell reselection Reference station ID2; if the reference station ID1 is the same as the reference station ID2, it indicates that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, otherwise, the positioning reference station of the target cell and the source The location reference station of the cell is different.
需要说明的是,如图4A~4B所示的实施例,所述终端设备可以处于空闲态,也可以处于连接态,本申请对此不进行限定。It should be noted that, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4B, the terminal device may be in an idle state or in a connected state, which is not limited in this application.
如图4C所示,本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法,所述方法包括:As shown in FIG. 4C, a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application includes:
步骤401:终端设备从源小区切换到目标小区之后,所述终端设备保存第一定位辅助数据,所述第一定位辅助数据是所述终端设备从所述源小区切换到所述目标小区之前所述源小区发送的定位辅助数据。Step 401: After the terminal device switches from the source cell to the target cell, the terminal device saves first positioning assistance data, where the first positioning assistance data is before the terminal device switches from the source cell to the target cell. The positioning assistance data sent by the source cell.
步骤402:所述终端设备在确定目标小区的定位参考站与源小区的定位参考站不同后,所述终端设备根据所述第一定位辅助数据进行定位。Step 402: After determining that the positioning reference station of the target cell is different from the positioning reference station of the source cell, the terminal device performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data.
当所述终端设备从源小区切换到目标小区之后,不删除第一定位辅助数据,而是先保存第一定位辅助数据,并通过第一定位辅助数据进行定位,确保了终端设备的定位业务不发生中断。After the terminal device is switched from the source cell to the target cell, the first positioning assistance data is not deleted, but the first positioning assistance data is saved first, and the first positioning assistance data is used for positioning, thereby ensuring that the positioning service of the terminal device is not An interruption occurred.
当所述终端设备在确定目标小区的定位参考站与源小区的定位参考站不同,所述终端设备在接收的所述目标小区发送的定位辅助数据还不能够进行高精度的定位前,所述终端设备可以先根据所述第一定位辅助数据进行定位,并持续接收所述目标小区发生的定位辅助数据,直到接收的所述目标小区发送的定位辅助数据能够用于高精度的定位,所述终端设备根据所述目标小区接收的定位辅助数据进行定位。When the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is different from the positioning reference station of the source cell, the terminal device may not perform high-precision positioning before the received positioning assistance data sent by the target cell is not yet The terminal device may first perform positioning according to the first positioning assistance data, and continuously receive positioning assistance data generated by the target cell, until the received positioning assistance data sent by the target cell can be used for high-precision positioning. The terminal device performs positioning according to the positioning assistance data received by the target cell.
当所述终端设备确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同;说明源小区发生的定位辅助数据和目标小区发送的定位辅助数据来自同一个参考站,所述终端设备接收的第二定位辅助数据可以对之前保存的第一定位辅助数据进行更新,所述终端设备根据所述第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据进行定位。Determining, by the terminal device, that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell; indicating that the positioning assistance data generated by the source cell and the positioning assistance data sent by the target cell are from the same reference station, the terminal The second positioning assistance data received by the device may update the previously saved first positioning assistance data, and the terminal device performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data.
具体的,所述终端设备在确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站是否相同前,需要确定所述目标小区的定位参考站和所述源小区的定位参考站:Specifically, before determining whether the positioning reference station of the target cell and the positioning reference station of the source cell are the same, the terminal device needs to determine a positioning reference station of the target cell and a positioning reference station of the source cell:
所述终端设备读取所述第一定位辅助数据;根据所述第一定位辅助数据确定所述源小区的定位参考站;The terminal device reads the first positioning assistance data; and determines a positioning reference station of the source cell according to the first positioning assistance data;
所述终端设备根据所述第二定位辅助数据确定所述目标小区的定位参考站。The terminal device determines a positioning reference station of the target cell according to the second positioning assistance data.
在定位辅助数据中携带有参考站信息,可以根据所述参考站信息确定对应小区的定位参考站,例如参考站ID,所述终端设备可以通过读取所述第一定位辅助数据,确定所述第一定位辅助数据中携带的参考站ID1,所述终端设备可以通过在小区重选之后,所述终端设备接收的第二定位辅助数据,确定所述目标小区发送的第二定位辅助数据中携带的参考站ID2;若参考站ID1与参考站ID2相同,则说明所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同,否则,所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站不同。The positioning assistance data carries the reference station information, and the positioning reference station of the corresponding cell, for example, the reference station ID, may be determined according to the reference station information, and the terminal device may determine, by reading the first positioning assistance data, The reference station ID1 carried in the first positioning assistance data, the terminal device may determine that the second positioning assistance data sent by the target cell is carried in the second positioning assistance data received by the terminal device after the cell reselection Reference station ID2; if the reference station ID1 is the same as the reference station ID2, it indicates that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, otherwise, the positioning reference station of the target cell and the source The location reference station of the cell is different.
当所述终端设备根据所述第一定位辅助数据进行定位之后,若所述终端设备接收到的目标小区发送的定位辅助数据能够进行高精度定位,所述终端设备可以删除所述第一定位辅助数据,以节约存储空间。After the terminal device performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data, if the positioning assistance data sent by the target cell received by the terminal device can perform high-precision positioning, the terminal device may delete the first positioning assistance. Data to save storage space.
在上述图4A~4B所示的实施例中,定位辅助数据(不限于第一定位辅助数据、第二定位辅助数据、第三定位辅助数据)均可以是小区单播或者广播的。具体的单播可以为定位服务器发送给终端的或者基站发送给终端的。广播可以为基站进行的系统广播广播的定位系统消息。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4B above, the positioning assistance data (not limited to the first positioning assistance data, the second positioning assistance data, and the third positioning assistance data) may be cell unicast or broadcast. The specific unicast may be sent to the terminal by the positioning server or sent by the base station to the terminal. The broadcast may be a positioning system message broadcasted by the system for the base station.
例如,在如图4A所示的实施例中,所述第一定位辅助数据和所述第二定位辅助数据是所述目标小区单播或广播的,所述第三定位辅助数据是所述源小区单播或广播的。在如图4B所示的实施例中,所述第一定位辅助数据和所述第二定位辅助数据是所述源小区单播或广播的,所述第三定位辅助数据是所述目标小区单播或广播的。在如图4C所示的实施例中,所述第一定位辅助数据是所述源小区单播或广播的,所述第二定位辅助数据是所述目标小区单播或广播的。For example, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A, the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data are unicast or broadcasted by the target cell, and the third positioning assistance data is the source. The cell is unicast or broadcast. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B, the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data are unicast or broadcasted by the source cell, and the third positioning assistance data is the target cell list. Broadcast or broadcast. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 4C, the first positioning assistance data is unicast or broadcasted by the source cell, and the second positioning assistance data is unicast or broadcast by the target cell.
针对如图4A~4B所示的实施例,当终端设备进行小区重选或切换至目标小区后,终端设备需要保存从源小区获得的定位辅助数据,当接收了目标小区的辅助数据后,终端进行对比判断是否两个小区定位辅助数据来自同一个参考站或者参考站标识是否一致,如果一致则可以直接利用继续接收从目标站的获得的定位辅助数据与之前保存源小区的定位辅 助数据进行定位。具体的可以利用接收的目标小区的辅助数据来不断更新之前保存的定位辅助数据来持续进行定位。如果发现两个小区定位辅助数据不是来自同一个参考站或者参考站标识不相同,则可能有两种操作:一种是依然使用保存的从源小区的接收的定位辅助数据进行定位保证定位不中断,同时接收目标小区的辅助数据,直到从目标小区获得的数据可以进行高精度定位或者得到高精度解再停止使用保存的源小区的定位辅助数据,也可以把该数据进行删除。另一种是,依然从源小区进行接收源小区的定位辅助数据,来维持定位,同时也保存从目标站接收定位辅助数据。直到从目标小区获得的数据可以进行高精度定位或者得到高精度解再停止使用源小区的定位辅助数据,也可以把该数据进行删除。For the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4B, after the terminal device performs cell reselection or handover to the target cell, the terminal device needs to save the positioning assistance data obtained from the source cell, and after receiving the auxiliary data of the target cell, the terminal Performing a comparison to determine whether the two cell positioning assistance data are from the same reference station or the reference station identifiers are consistent. If they are consistent, the positioning assistance data obtained from the target station can be directly used to perform positioning and the positioning assistance data of the previous source cell is previously used for positioning. . Specifically, the auxiliary data of the received target cell may be used to continuously update the previously saved positioning assistance data to continuously perform positioning. If it is found that the two cell positioning assistance data are not from the same reference station or the reference station identifier is different, there may be two operations: one is still using the saved positioning assistance data from the source cell for positioning to ensure that the positioning is not interrupted. At the same time, the auxiliary data of the target cell is received, and the data obtained from the target cell can be highly accurately located or the high-precision solution can be used to stop using the saved positioning data of the source cell, and the data can also be deleted. The other is that the positioning assistance data of the source cell is still received from the source cell to maintain the positioning, and the positioning assistance data is also received from the target station. The data may be deleted until the data obtained from the target cell can be highly accurately located or the high-precision solution is obtained and the positioning assistance data of the source cell is stopped.
本申请实施中的切换,可以为连接态做的切换或者空闲态做的小区重选。The handover in the implementation of the present application may be a handover of a connected state or a cell reselection by an idle state.
当处于连接态的终端设备进行小区切换时,源基站需要选择目标基站,向目标基站发送切换请求,为了保证终端设备在小区切换后,终端设备的定位业务不会发生中断,本申请提供了一种消息的获取方法,用于解决终端设备在小区切换后,终端设备定位业务产生中断问题。When the terminal device in the connected state performs cell handover, the source base station needs to select the target base station, and sends a handover request to the target base station. To ensure that the location service of the terminal device does not interrupt after the cell device is switched, the present application provides a A method for obtaining a message is used to solve the problem that the terminal device locates the service after the cell device is switched.
需要说明的是,如图4A所示的实施例以小区重选为例进行说明,如图4B和4C所示的实施例以小区切换为例进行说明,事实上,如图4A~4C所示的实施例,既可用在终端设备处于连接态做的切换的场景中,也适用于终端设备处于空闲态做的小区重选的场景中。本申请实施例中的重选可以看做一种特殊的切换。It should be noted that the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A is described by taking the cell reselection as an example. The embodiment shown in FIG. 4B and FIG. 4C illustrates the cell handover as an example. In fact, as shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4C. The embodiment can be used in the scenario where the terminal device is in the connection state of the connection state, and is also applicable to the scenario in which the terminal device is in the cell reselection in the idle state. The reselection in the embodiment of the present application can be regarded as a special handover.
如图5所示,本申请提供的一种通信方法,该方法包括:As shown in FIG. 5, the present application provides a communication method, including:
步骤501:终端设备在确定需要进行定位时,向源基站发送的指示消息,所述指示消息用于指示所述终端设备需要定位辅助数据;源基站接收终端设备发送的指示消息。Step 501: The indication message sent by the terminal device to the source base station when the terminal device determines that the positioning needs to be performed, the indication message is used to indicate that the terminal device needs to locate the auxiliary data, and the source base station receives the indication message sent by the terminal device.
步骤502:所述源基站在确定需要切换小区时,向目标基站发送切换请求,所述切换请求中包含用于请求定位辅助数据的请求指示;目标基站接收源基站发送的切换请求。Step 502: The source base station sends a handover request to the target base station when determining that the cell needs to be switched, where the handover request includes a request indication for requesting positioning assistance data, and the target base station receives the handover request sent by the source base station.
步骤503:所述目标基站向所述源基站发送定位辅助数据,所述源基站接收所述目标基站发送的定位辅助数据;Step 503: The target base station sends positioning assistance data to the source base station, where the source base station receives positioning assistance data sent by the target base station.
步骤504:所述源基站将所述定位辅助数据发送给所述终端设备。Step 504: The source base station sends the positioning assistance data to the terminal device.
所述切换请求也可以为其他消息不做限制。The handover request may also be restricted for other messages.
事实上,在步骤503时,所示目标基站也可以向所述源基站发送第一定位指示消息、第二定位指示消息或第三定位指示消息,其中,第一定位指示消息用于指示所述目标基站的定位参考站与所述源基站的定位参考站相同;第二定位指示消息用于指示所述目标基站的定位参考站与所述源基站的定位参考站不同;第三定位指示消息用于指示所述目标基站无广播定位辅助数据。相应的,所述源基站接收所述目标基站发送的第一定位指示消息、第二定位指示消息或第三定位指示消息。In fact, in step 503, the target base station may also send a first location indication message, a second location indication message or a third location indication message to the source base station, where the first location indication message is used to indicate the The positioning reference station of the target base station is the same as the positioning reference station of the source base station; the second positioning indication message is used to indicate that the positioning reference station of the target base station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station; And indicating that the target base station has no broadcast positioning assistance data. Correspondingly, the source base station receives the first positioning indication message, the second positioning indication message or the third positioning indication message sent by the target base station.
终端设备在确定需要进行定位时,需要所述基站发送定位辅助数据,需要源基站发送指示消息,具体的,所述指示消息中可以携带下列中的部分或全部:定位辅助数据的类型,全球卫星导航系统标识(Global Navigation Satellite System ID,GNSS ID),定位参考站标识。When the terminal device determines that the positioning needs to be performed, the base station needs to send the positioning assistance data, and the source base station needs to send the indication message. Specifically, the indication message may carry some or all of the following types: the type of the positioning assistance data, the global satellite. The Global Navigation Satellite System ID (GNSS ID), the location reference station identifier.
所述指示消息可以携带在上行无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)消息中,如小区测量报告信息,重配置消息,RRC连接建立完成消息等。The indication message may be carried in an uplink radio resource control (RRC) message, such as a cell measurement report information, a reconfiguration message, an RRC connection setup complete message, and the like.
定位辅助数据的类型表示所述终端设备所需要的定位辅助数据的类型,也可以是具体的SIB号码,所述GNSS ID表示所述终端设备所需要的定位辅助数据所来自的卫星系统标 识,如GPS,GLONASS,BDS等,定位参考站标识表示所述终端设备所需要的定位辅助数据来自的定位参考站。The type of the positioning assistance data indicates the type of the positioning assistance data required by the terminal device, and may also be a specific SIB number, where the GNSS ID indicates the satellite system identifier from which the positioning assistance data required by the terminal device is derived, such as GPS, GLONASS, BDS, etc., the positioning reference station identifier indicates a positioning reference station from which the positioning assistance data required by the terminal device comes from.
源基站在接收到所述指示消息,并确定所述当前需要切换小区后,向目标基站发送切换请求,并通过切换请求向所述目标基站请求定位辅助数据,具体的,所述源基站可以在所述切换请求中包含用于请求定位辅助数据的请求指示。After receiving the indication message, and determining that the cell needs to be switched, the source base station sends a handover request to the target base station, and requests positioning assistance data from the target base station by using a handover request. Specifically, the source base station may be in the The handover request includes a request indication for requesting positioning assistance data.
具体的,所述请求指示中可以携带下列中的部分或全部:定位辅助数据的类型,GNSS ID,定位参考站标识。Specifically, the request indication may carry part or all of the following: a type of positioning assistance data, a GNSS ID, and a positioning reference station identifier.
所述目标基站在接收到所述切换请求后,可以根据所述切换请求向所述源基站发送定位辅助数据,例如所述目标基站在回复源基站的响应消息中携带所述定位辅助数据。After receiving the handover request, the target base station may send positioning assistance data to the source base station according to the handover request, for example, the target base station carries the positioning assistance data in a response message of the reply source base station.
一种可能的实施方式,所述目标基站可以根据所述目标基站的定位辅助数据确定所述目标基站的定位参考站;根据所述请求消息确定所述源基站的定位参考站;所述目标基站的定位参考站与所述源基站的定位参考站不同时,向所述源基站发送定位辅助数据;其中所述请求指示包括所述源基站的定位参考站信息。a possible implementation manner, the target base station may determine, according to the positioning assistance data of the target base station, a positioning reference station of the target base station; determine, according to the request message, a positioning reference station of the source base station; the target base station The positioning reference station transmits positioning assistance data to the source base station when the positioning reference station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station; wherein the request indication includes positioning reference station information of the source base station.
所述目标基站的定位参考站与所述源基站的定位参考站不同,说明所述目标基站广播的定位辅助数据与所述源基站广播的定位辅助数据来自不同的定位参考站,为了使得所述终端设备在进行小区切换前,能够接收所述目标基站广播的定位辅助数据,所述目标基站可以将定位辅助数据发送给所述终端设备,以便当所述终端设备进行小区切换后,能够根据切换前接收的定位辅助数据和切换后接收的定位辅助数据进行定位,保证终端设备的定位服务的连续性。The positioning reference station of the target base station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station, and the positioning assistance data broadcasted by the target base station and the positioning assistance data broadcast by the source base station are from different positioning reference stations, in order to make the The terminal device can receive the positioning assistance data broadcast by the target base station before performing the cell handover, and the target base station can send the positioning assistance data to the terminal device, so that the handover can be performed according to the handover after the terminal device performs the cell handover. The previously received positioning assistance data and the positioning assistance data received after the handover are positioned to ensure the continuity of the positioning service of the terminal device.
所述目标基站在确定所述目标基站的定位参考站与所述源基站的定位参考站不同时,所述目标基站也可以向所述源基站发送第二定位指示消息,第二定位指示消息用于指示所述目标基站的定位参考站与所述源基站的定位参考站不同;所述目标基站可以分别发送定位辅助数据和第二定位指示消息,也可以将定位辅助数据和第二定位指示消息包括在一条信令中发送。When the target base station determines that the positioning reference station of the target base station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station, the target base station may also send a second positioning indication message to the source base station, where the second positioning indication message is used. The positioning reference station indicating the target base station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station; the target base station may separately send the positioning assistance data and the second positioning indication message, and may also set the positioning assistance data and the second positioning indication message. It is included in one signaling.
所述目标基站在确定所述目标基站的定位参考站与所述源基站的定位参考站相同时,可以向所述源基站第一定位指示消息。The target base station may first locate an indication message to the source base station when determining that the positioning reference station of the target base station is the same as the positioning reference station of the source base station.
所述目标基站若确定无广播的定位辅助数据,可以向所述源基站第三定位指示消息。If the target base station determines that there is no broadcast positioning assistance data, the target base station may third locate the indication message to the source base station.
所述目标基站也可以不确定所述目标基站的定位参考站与所述源基站的定位参考站是否相同,而向所述源基站发送定位辅助数据。The target base station may also be indeterminate whether the positioning reference station of the target base station is the same as the positioning reference station of the source base station, and send positioning assistance data to the source base station.
所述源基站在接收到所述定位辅助数据之后,可以将所述定位辅助数据转发给所述终端设备,也可以先判断所述目标基站的定位参考站与所述源基站的定位参考站是否相同。After receiving the positioning assistance data, the source base station may forward the positioning assistance data to the terminal device, or may first determine whether the positioning reference station of the target base station and the positioning reference station of the source base station are the same.
所述源基站向所述终端设备发送定位辅助数据时,可以将所述定位辅助数据携带在RRC重配置消息中。When the source base station sends the positioning assistance data to the terminal device, the positioning assistance data may be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.
如果源基站判断源基站的定位参考站和目标基站的定位参考站相同,则不需要将定位辅助数据发送给终端设备。此外可以给终端设备发送一个指示信息用于指示切换后的小区的定位辅助数据与当前小区的定位辅助数据来自同一参考站。若不同,则可以将从目标基站接收的定位辅助数据发送给终端设备。If the source base station determines that the positioning reference station of the source base station and the positioning reference station of the target base station are the same, it is not necessary to send the positioning assistance data to the terminal device. In addition, the terminal device may send an indication information to indicate that the positioning assistance data of the switched cell and the positioning assistance data of the current cell are from the same reference station. If different, the positioning assistance data received from the target base station can be sent to the terminal device.
此外如果基站不进行判断,源基站直接将目标基站发送的数据转发给终端,终端在解析定位辅助数据后可以判断数据是否来自同一参考站,如果是则仅需保留一份数据即可, 如当前小区的定位辅助数据,如果不是同一参考站终端会保存该接收的数据,并在切换到目标小区后使用该小区进行定位。In addition, if the base station does not perform the judgment, the source base station directly forwards the data sent by the target base station to the terminal, and the terminal can determine whether the data is from the same reference station after parsing the positioning auxiliary data, and if so, only one data needs to be retained, such as the current The positioning assistance data of the cell, if not the same reference station terminal, saves the received data, and uses the cell to perform positioning after switching to the target cell.
具体的,源基站和目标基站若可以判断参考站是否相同,需要能够识别出定位辅助数据中的参考站信息或者收到参考站信息。参考站的信息如标识信息可以通过服务器发送给基站,因此,源基站和目标基站即可判断参考站是否是同一个参考站。Specifically, if the source base station and the target base station can determine whether the reference stations are the same, it is required to be able to identify the reference station information in the positioning assistance data or receive the reference station information. The information of the reference station, such as the identification information, may be sent to the base station through the server, so that the source base station and the target base station can determine whether the reference station is the same reference station.
具体的,所述源基站判断所述目标基站的定位参考站与所述源基站的定位参考站是否相同之前,需要确定所述目标基站的定位参考站,若所述源基站可以解析所述目标基站发送的定位辅助数据,所述源基站根据所述目标基站发送的定位辅助数据确定所述目标基站的定位参考站;即所述定位辅助数据包含参考站信息。Specifically, before the source base station determines whether the positioning reference station of the target base station is the same as the positioning reference station of the source base station, the positioning reference station of the target base station needs to be determined, and if the source base station can parse the target And determining, by the base station, the positioning reference station of the target base station according to the positioning assistance data sent by the target base station; that is, the positioning assistance data includes reference station information.
所述源基站根据所述源基站的定位辅助数据确定所述源基站的定位参考站。The source base station determines a positioning reference station of the source base station according to the positioning assistance data of the source base station.
所述定位辅助数据携带的定位参考站信息的相关描述,可参见如图3所示的实施例,此处不再赘述。For a description of the positioning reference station information carried in the positioning assistance data, refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and details are not described herein again.
若所述源基站不能解析所述目标基站发送的定位辅助数据,所述源基站可以向目标基站请求所述目标基站的定位参考站信息,所述源基站可以向所述目标基站发送第一请求消息,所述第一请求消息用于请求所述目标基站的定位参考站的信息,所述目标基站将所述目标基站的定位参考站信息包括在所述第一反馈消息中,向所述源基站发送所述第一反馈消息,所述源基站接收所述第一反馈消息,根据所述第一反馈消息确定所述目标基站的定位参考站。If the source base station cannot parse the positioning assistance data sent by the target base station, the source base station may request the positioning base station information of the target base station from the target base station, where the source base station may send the first request to the target base station. a message, the first request message is used to request information about a positioning reference station of the target base station, and the target base station includes positioning reference station information of the target base station in the first feedback message, to the source The base station sends the first feedback message, and the source base station receives the first feedback message, and determines a positioning reference station of the target base station according to the first feedback message.
需要说明的是,所述目标基站向所述源基站发送第一反馈消息时,可以采用源基站可见的方式发送,也可以采用所述源基站可识别的方式发送,以保证所述源基站在接收到第一反馈消息后,可以通过第一反馈消息确定所述目标基站的定位参考站。It should be noted that, when the target base station sends the first feedback message to the source base station, it may be sent in a manner that is visible to the source base station, or may be sent in a manner identifiable by the source base station to ensure that the source base station is in the After receiving the first feedback message, the positioning reference station of the target base station may be determined by using the first feedback message.
所述源基站确定所述目标基站的定位参考站与所述源基站的定位参考站不同,向所述终端设备发送所述定位辅助数据;所述源基站确定所述目标基站的定位参考站与所述源基站的定位参考站相同,所述源基站可以不向所述终端设备发送定位辅助数据,当然,也可以向所述终端设备发送所述定位辅助数据。The source base station determines that the positioning reference station of the target base station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station, and sends the positioning assistance data to the terminal device; the source base station determines a positioning reference station of the target base station and The location reference station of the source base station is the same, and the source base station may not send the location assistance data to the terminal device. Of course, the location assistance data may also be sent to the terminal device.
所述源基站接收到所述目标基站发送的第二定位指示消息,则所述源基站可以通过所述第二定位指示消息确定所述目标基站的定位参考站与所述源基站的定位参考站不同,向所述终端设备发送所述定位辅助数据。Receiving, by the source base station, the second positioning indication message sent by the target base station, the source base station may determine, by using the second positioning indication message, a positioning reference station of the target base station and a positioning reference station of the source base station Differently, the positioning assistance data is sent to the terminal device.
所述源基站接收到所述目标基站发送的第一定位指示消息,则所述源基站可以通过所述第一定位指示消息确定所述目标基站的定位参考站与所述源基站的定位参考站相同,可以确定终端设备在切换到目标小区之后,终端设备定位业务不会中断,所述源基站可以向所述终端设备发送切换指示,用于指示终端设备切换到目标基站,也可以向所述终端设备广播定位辅助数据。Receiving, by the source base station, the first positioning indication message sent by the target base station, the source base station may determine, by using the first positioning indication message, a positioning reference station of the target base station and a positioning reference station of the source base station In the same manner, after determining that the terminal device is switched to the target cell, the terminal device positioning service is not interrupted, and the source base station may send a handover indication to the terminal device, to indicate that the terminal device switches to the target base station, or may The terminal device broadcasts positioning assistance data.
所述源基站接收到所述目标基站发送的第三定位指示消息,则所述源基站可以通过所述第三定位指示消息确定所述目标基站无广播的定位辅助数据。所述目标基站所在小区可能不支持定位服务,所述源基站可以继续执行切换操作,例如向所述终端设备发送切换指示,也可以重新选择终端设备需要切换的基站。The source base station receives the third location indication message sent by the target base station, and the source base station may determine, by using the third location indication message, that the target base station has no broadcast positioning assistance data. The cell in which the target base station is located may not support the location service, and the source base station may continue to perform the handover operation, for example, sending a handover indication to the terminal device, or reselecting the base station to which the terminal device needs to be handed over.
所述终端设备在接收到定位辅助数据后,可以保存所述定位辅助数据,也可以先确定目标基站的定位参考站与源基站的定位参考站是否相同,若相同,删除所述定位辅助数据,否则保存所述定位辅助数据。After receiving the positioning assistance data, the terminal device may save the positioning assistance data, or first determine whether the positioning reference station of the target base station is the same as the positioning reference station of the source base station, and if the same, delete the positioning assistance data, Otherwise, the positioning assistance data is saved.
此外终端设备向基站发送需要定位服务的指示信息也可以用于基站在做切换决策时,可以帮助终端切换到一个支持定位服务的小区。In addition, the terminal device sends the indication information that needs the location service to the base station, and can also be used by the base station to switch to a cell that supports the location service when making the handover decision.
本申请中源基站或小区的定位参考站和目标基站或小区的定位参考站,表明该站或者小区的定位辅助数据来自的参考站。The positioning reference station of the source base station or the cell and the positioning reference station of the target base station or the cell in the present application indicate the reference station from which the positioning assistance data of the station or the cell comes.
基于与方法实施例的同一发明构思,本发明实施例提供一种通信装置600,所述通信装置600可以是终端,也可以是终端内的装置(如芯片或芯片系统)。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。通信装置600具体用于实现图3所示的实施例描述的方法,由于方法及装置解决问题的原理相似,因此装置与方法的实施可以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述,该装置的结构如图6所示,包括选择单元601和处理单元602,其中:Based on the same inventive concept as the method embodiment, the embodiment of the present invention provides a communication device 600, which may be a terminal or a device (such as a chip or a chip system) in the terminal. It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of a chip, and may also include a chip and other discrete devices. The communication device 600 is specifically configured to implement the method described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the details of the device are not described again. As shown in FIG. 6, a selection unit 601 and a processing unit 602 are included, wherein:
所述选择单元601,用于从候选小区集合中选择一个候选小区作为目标小区,所述候选小区集合包含至少一个候选小区;The selecting unit 601 is configured to select one candidate cell from the set of candidate cells as the target cell, where the candidate cell set includes at least one candidate cell;
所述处理单元602,用于从源小区重选到所述目标小区中,其中所述目标小区为支持定位服务的小区,所述源小区为所述终端设备在小区重选前驻留的小区。The processing unit 602 is configured to reselect from a source cell to the target cell, where the target cell is a cell that supports a positioning service, and the source cell is a cell that the terminal device camps before a cell reselection. .
一种可能的实施方式,所述目标小区为所述候选小区集合中优先级最高的候选小区所述目标小区的优先级不低于源小区的优先级,其中,针对所述源小区和所述任一候选小区,支持定位服务的小区的优先级高于不支持定位服务的小区的优先级;所述终端设备从所述源小区重选到所述目标小区中。In a possible implementation manner, the target cell is a candidate cell with the highest priority among the candidate cell sets, and the priority of the target cell is not lower than a priority of the source cell, where the source cell and the source cell are For any candidate cell, the priority of the cell supporting the positioning service is higher than the priority of the cell not supporting the positioning service; the terminal device reselects from the source cell to the target cell.
一种可能的实施方式,所述目标小区为所述候选小区集合中基于R准则计算的R值最高的候选小区,所述目标小区的基于R准则计算的R值是根据所述候选小区的定位偏置量确定的。In a possible implementation, the target cell is a candidate cell with the highest R value calculated based on the R criterion in the candidate cell set, and the R value calculated by the R criterion based on the target cell is based on the location of the candidate cell. The amount of offset is determined.
可选的,所述优先级是所述终端设备从系统广播或单播中获得的。Optionally, the priority is obtained by the terminal device from system broadcast or unicast.
可选的,所述定位偏置量是所述终端设备从系统广播或单播中获得的。Optionally, the positioning offset is obtained by the terminal device from system broadcast or unicast.
R值的计算有多种方式,下面列举其中两种:There are many ways to calculate the value of R. Here are two of them:
第一种、所述源小区的R值符合下述公式要求:The R value of the first type and the source cell meets the following formula requirements:
R s=Q meas,s+Q Hyst-Qoffset temp+offsetpos R s =Q meas,s +Q Hyst -Qoffset temp+ offsetpos
其中,Q meas,s为所述源小区的参考信号接收功率RSRP测量值,Q Hyst为所述源小区的迟滞量,Qoffset temp为所述源小区的临时补偿值,Offsetpos为所述源小区的定位偏置量; Wherein, Q meas, s is a reference signal received power RSRP measurement value of the source cell, Q Hyst is a hysteresis amount of the source cell, Qoffset temp is a temporary compensation value of the source cell, and Offsetpos is a source cell Positioning offset
所述候选小区的R值计算符合下述公式要求:The R value calculation of the candidate cell meets the following formula requirements:
R n=Q meas,n-Qoffset-Qoffset temp+offsetpos R n =Q meas,n -Qoffset-Qoffset temp+ offsetpos
其中,Q meas,n为所述候选小区的RSRP测量值,Qoffset为所述候选小区的偏移量,Qoffset temp表示对所述候选小区的临时补偿值,Offsetpos为所述候选小区的定位偏置量。 Wherein, Q meas, n is an RSRP measurement value of the candidate cell, Qoffset is an offset of the candidate cell, Qoffset temp represents a temporary compensation value for the candidate cell, and Offsetpos is a positioning offset of the candidate cell. the amount.
第二种,所述源小区的R值符合下述公式要求:Second, the R value of the source cell meets the following formula:
R s=Q meas,s+Q Hyst-Qoffset temp-offsetpos R s =Q meas,s +Q Hyst -Qoffset temp -offsetpos
其中,Q meas,s为所述源小区的RSRP测量值,Q Hyst为所述源小区的迟滞量,Qoffset temp为所述源小区的临时补偿值,Offsetposi为所述源小区的定位偏置量; Where Q meas, s is the RSRP measurement value of the source cell, Q Hyst is the hysteresis amount of the source cell, Qoffset temp is the temporary compensation value of the source cell, and Offsetposi is the positioning offset of the source cell. ;
所述候选小区的R值计算符合下述公式要求:The R value calculation of the candidate cell meets the following formula requirements:
R n=Q meas,n-Qoffset-Qoffset temp-offsetpos R n =Q meas,n -Qoffset-Qoffset temp -offsetpos
其中,Q meas,n为所述候选小区的RSRP测量值,Qoffset为所述候选小区的偏移量,Qoffset temp表示对所述候选小区的临时补偿值,Offsetpos为所述候选小区的定位偏置量。 Wherein, Q meas, n is an RSRP measurement value of the candidate cell, Qoffset is an offset of the candidate cell, Qoffset temp represents a temporary compensation value for the candidate cell, and Offsetpos is a positioning offset of the candidate cell. the amount.
基于与方法实施例的同一发明构思,本发明实施例提供一种通信装置700,所述通信装置700可以是终端,也可以是终端内的装置(如芯片或芯片系统)。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。通信装置700具体用于实现图4A所示的实施例描述的方法,由于方法及装置解决问题的原理相似,因此装置与方法的实施可以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述,该装置的结构如图7所示,包括传输单元701和处理单元702,其中:Based on the same inventive concept as the method embodiment, the embodiment of the present invention provides a communication device 700, which may be a terminal or a device (such as a chip or a chip system) in the terminal. It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of a chip, and may also include a chip and other discrete devices. The communication device 700 is specifically configured to implement the method described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the details of the device are not described again. As shown in FIG. 7, a transmission unit 701 and a processing unit 702 are included, wherein:
所述传输单元701,用于接收第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据,其中,所述第一定位辅助数据为所述终端设备从源小区重选到所述目标小区之前所述目标小区发送的定位辅助数据,所述第二定位辅助数据为所述终端设备从所述源小区重选到所述目标小区之后所述目标小区发送的定位辅助数据。The transmitting unit 701 is configured to receive first positioning assistance data and second positioning assistance data, where the first positioning assistance data is the target cell before the terminal device reselects from the source cell to the target cell The positioning assistance data that is sent, the second positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the target cell after the terminal device reselects from the source cell to the target cell.
所述处理单元702,用于根据所述第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据进行定位。The processing unit 702 is configured to perform positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data.
可选的,所述处理单元702在根据所述第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据进行定位之前,所述处理单元702先确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站不同。Optionally, before the processing unit 702 performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data, the processing unit 702 first determines positioning of the positioning reference station and the source cell of the target cell. The reference station is different.
一种可能的实施方式,所述处理单元702确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同,根据所述第二定位辅助数据和第三定位辅助数据进行定位,其中,所述第三定位辅助数据是所述传输单元701保存的、在所述终端设备重选到所述目标小区之前所述源小区发送的定位辅助数据。In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit 702 determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and performs positioning according to the second positioning assistance data and the third positioning assistance data, where The third positioning assistance data is positioning positioning data that is sent by the source cell before the terminal device reselects to the target cell, and is saved by the transmission unit 701.
一种可能的实施方式,所述处理单元702在判断所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站是否相同之前,所述处理单元702确定所述目标小区的定位参考站和所述源小区的定位参考站,首先所述处理单元702读取所述第一定位辅助数据;之后根据所述第一定位辅助数据确定所述目标小区的定位参考站;根据第三定位辅助数据确定所述源小区的定位参考站,所述第三定位辅助数据是所述传输单元701保存的、在所述终端设备重选到所述目标小区之前所述源小区发送的定位辅助数据。In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit 702 determines, before determining whether the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, the processing unit 702 determines a positioning reference station of the target cell and The positioning reference station of the source cell, first, the processing unit 702 reads the first positioning assistance data; and then determines a positioning reference station of the target cell according to the first positioning assistance data; and according to the third positioning assistance data Determining a positioning reference station of the source cell, where the third positioning assistance data is positioning positioning data that is sent by the source cell before the terminal device reselects to the target cell.
一种可能的实施方式,所述处理单元702根据所述第一定位辅助数据确定所述目标小区的定位参考站之前,所述处理单元702确定所述目标小区满足下列条件的部分或全部:In a possible implementation manner, before the processing unit 702 determines the positioning reference station of the target cell according to the first positioning assistance data, the processing unit 702 determines that the target cell meets part or all of the following conditions:
条件一、所述目标小区的信号质量大于设定阈值; Condition 1. The signal quality of the target cell is greater than a set threshold;
条件二、所述目标小区的优先级高于所述源小区的优先级;Condition 2: the priority of the target cell is higher than the priority of the source cell;
条件三、所述目标小区的R值高于所述源小区的R值;Condition 3: The R value of the target cell is higher than the R value of the source cell;
条件四、所述目标小区支持定位服务;Condition 4: The target cell supports a positioning service;
一种可能的实施方式,所述处理单元702确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同之后,删除所述第一定位辅助数据。In a possible implementation manner, after the processing unit 702 determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, the first positioning assistance data is deleted.
可选的,所述第一定位辅助数据和所述第二定位辅助数据是所述目标小区单播或广播的,所述第三定位辅助数据是所述源小区单播或广播的。Optionally, the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data are unicast or broadcasted by the target cell, and the third positioning assistance data is unicast or broadcast by the source cell.
所述通信装置700还可用于实现图4B所示的实施例描述的方法,由于方法及装置解决问题的原理相似,因此装置与方法的实施可以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述。The communication device 700 can also be used to implement the method described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repeated description is not repeated.
所述传输单元701,用于从源小区切换到目标小区之后,在确定目标小区的定位参考站与源小区的定位参考站不同后,接收所述源小区发送的第一定位辅助数据;The transmitting unit 701 is configured to: after the source cell is switched to the target cell, after determining that the positioning reference station of the target cell is different from the positioning reference station of the source cell, receiving the first positioning assistance data sent by the source cell;
所述处理单元702,用于根据所述第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据进行定位,其中,所述第二定位辅助数据是所述传输单元701保存的、从所述源小区切换到所述目标小区之前所述源小区发送的定位辅助数据。The processing unit 702 is configured to perform positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data, where the second positioning assistance data is saved by the transmission unit 701, and is switched from the source cell to Positioning assistance data sent by the source cell before the target cell.
一种可能的实施方式,所述处理单元702确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同;之后,所述处理单元702根据所述第二定位辅助数据和第三定位辅助数据进行定位,所述第三定位辅助数据是所述传输单元701从所述源小区切换到所述目标小区之后接收的、所述目标小区发送的定位辅助数据。a possible implementation manner, the processing unit 702 determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell; afterwards, the processing unit 702 is configured according to the second positioning assistance data and the third The positioning assistance data is used for positioning, and the third positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the target cell that is received by the transmission unit 701 after being switched from the source cell to the target cell.
一种可能的实施方式,所述处理单元702确定目标小区的定位参考站和源小区的定位参考站时,先读取所述第一定位辅助数据;之后根据所述第一定位辅助数据确定所述源小区的定位参考站;根据所述第三定位辅助数据确定所述目标小区的定位参考站。In a possible implementation manner, when the processing unit 702 determines the positioning reference station of the target cell and the positioning reference station of the source cell, the first positioning assistance data is first read; and then the first positioning assistance data is determined according to the first positioning assistance data. Determining a positioning reference station of the source cell; determining a positioning reference station of the target cell according to the third positioning assistance data.
一种可能的实施方式,所述处理单元702确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同之后,删除所述第二定位系统消息。In a possible implementation manner, after the processing unit 702 determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, the second positioning system message is deleted.
所述通信装置700还可用于实现图4C所示的实施例描述的方法,由于方法及装置解决问题的原理相似,因此装置与方法的实施可以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述。The communication device 700 can also be used to implement the method described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4C. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repeated description is not repeated.
所述传输单元701,用于从源小区切换到目标小区之后,保存第一定位辅助数据,所述第一定位辅助数据是所述终端设备从所述源小区切换到所述目标小区之前所述源小区发送的定位辅助数据;The transmitting unit 701 is configured to save, after the handover from the source cell to the target cell, the first positioning assistance data, where the first positioning assistance data is that the terminal device switches from the source cell to the target cell Positioning assistance data sent by the source cell;
所述处理单元702,用于确定目标小区的定位参考站与源小区的定位参考站不同,以及在确定目标小区的定位参考站与源小区的定位参考站不同,根据所述第一定位辅助数据进行定位。The processing unit 702 is configured to determine that the positioning reference station of the target cell is different from the positioning reference station of the source cell, and determine that the positioning reference station of the target cell is different from the positioning reference station of the source cell, according to the first positioning assistance data. Positioning.
一种可能的实施方式,所述处理单元702确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同;根据所述第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据进行定位,所述第二定位辅助数据是所述终端设备从所述源小区切换到所述目标小区之后接收的所述目标小区发送的定位辅助数据。a possible implementation manner, the processing unit 702 determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, and performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data. The second positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the target cell that is received by the terminal device after being switched from the source cell to the target cell.
一种可能的实施方式,所述处理单元702在判断所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站是否相同之前,所述处理单元702确定所述目标小区的定位参考站和所述源小区的定位参考站,首先读取所述第一定位辅助数据;之后根据所述第一定位辅助数据确定所述源小区的定位参考站;所述处理单元702根据第二定位辅助数据确定所述目标小区的定位参考站,所述第二定位辅助数据是所述终端设备从所述源小区切换到所述目标小区之后接收的所述目标小区发送的定位辅助数据。In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit 702 determines, before determining whether the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, the processing unit 702 determines a positioning reference station of the target cell and The positioning reference station of the source cell first reads the first positioning assistance data; then determines the positioning reference station of the source cell according to the first positioning assistance data; the processing unit 702 is configured according to the second positioning assistance data. Determining a positioning reference station of the target cell, where the second positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the target cell that is received by the terminal device after being switched from the source cell to the target cell.
一种可能的实施方式,所述处理单元702根据所述第一定位辅助数据进行定位之后,所述传输单元701可持续接收所述第二定位辅助数据,所述处理单元702根据所述第二定位辅助数据进行定位,停止根据所述第一定位辅助数据进行定位。a possible implementation manner, after the processing unit 702 performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data, the transmission unit 701 may continue to receive the second positioning assistance data, and the processing unit 702 is configured according to the second The positioning assistance data is positioned to stop positioning according to the first positioning assistance data.
一种可能的实施方式,所述处理单元702根据所述第一定位辅助数据进行定位之后删除所述第一定位辅助数据。In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit 702 deletes the first positioning assistance data after performing positioning according to the first positioning assistance data.
基于与方法实施例的同一发明构思,本发明实施例提供一种通信装置800,所述通信装置800可以是基站,也可以是基站内的装置(如芯片或芯片系统)。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。通信装置800具体用于实现图5所述的实施例描述的源基站侧的方法,由于方法及装置解决问题的原理 相似,因此装置与方法的实施可以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述,该装置的结构如图8所示,包括传输单元801和处理单元802,其中:Based on the same inventive concept as the method embodiment, the embodiment of the present invention provides a communication device 800, which may be a base station or a device (such as a chip or a chip system) in a base station. It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of a chip, and may also include a chip and other discrete devices. The communication device 800 is specifically configured to implement the method on the source base station side described in the embodiment of FIG. 5. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method may be referred to each other, and the repeated description is not repeated. The structure of the device is as shown in FIG. 8, and includes a transmission unit 801 and a processing unit 802, wherein:
所述传输单元801,用于接收终端设备发送的指示消息,所述指示消息用于指示所述终端设备需要定位辅助数据;以及在确定需要切换小区时,向目标基站发送切换请求,所述切换请求中包含用于请求定位辅助数据的请求指示;以及接收所述目标基站发送的定位辅助数据或第一定位指示消息,所述第一定位指示消息用于指示所述目标基站的定位参考站与所述源基站的定位参考站相同。The transmitting unit 801 is configured to receive an indication message sent by the terminal device, where the indication message is used to indicate that the terminal device needs to locate the auxiliary data, and when determining that the cell needs to be switched, send a handover request to the target base station, where the handover is performed. The request includes a request indication for requesting positioning assistance data; and receiving positioning assistance data or a first positioning indication message sent by the target base station, where the first positioning indication message is used to indicate a positioning reference station of the target base station The positioning reference stations of the source base station are the same.
所述处理单元802,用于确定需要切换小区。The processing unit 802 is configured to determine that a cell needs to be switched.
一种可能的实施方式,所述处理单元802接收所述目标基站发送的定位辅助数据之后,所述传输单元801将所述定位辅助数据发送给所述终端设备。In a possible implementation manner, after the processing unit 802 receives the positioning assistance data sent by the target base station, the transmitting unit 801 sends the positioning assistance data to the terminal device.
一种可能的实施方式,所述传输单元801接收所述目标基站发送的定位辅助数据之后将接收到的所述定位辅助数据发送给所述终端设备之前,所述处理单元802确定所述目标基站的定位参考站;之后确定所述目标基站的定位参考站与所述源基站的定位参考站不同,其中,所述源基站的定位参考站是所述处理单元802根据所述源基站的定位辅助数据确定的。In a possible implementation manner, before the transmitting unit 801 receives the positioning assistance data sent by the target base station and sends the received positioning assistance data to the terminal device, the processing unit 802 determines the target base station. Positioning reference station; determining that the positioning reference station of the target base station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station, wherein the positioning reference station of the source base station is the processing unit 802 according to the positioning assistance of the source base station The data is determined.
一种可能的实施方式,所述处理单元802在确定所述目标基站的定位参考站时,可以根据所述目标基站发送的定位辅助数据确定所述目标基站的定位参考站。In a possible implementation, the processing unit 802, when determining the positioning reference station of the target base station, may determine the positioning reference station of the target base station according to the positioning assistance data sent by the target base station.
一种可能的实施方式,所述处理单元802在确定所述目标基站的定位参考站时,若所述切换请求中携带第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述目标基站的定位参考站信息;所述传输单元801接收所述目标基站发送的第一反馈消息,所述第一反馈消息包括所述目标基站的定位参考站信息;所述处理单元802根据所述第一反馈消息确定所述目标基站的定位参考站。In a possible implementation, the processing unit 802, when determining the positioning reference station of the target base station, if the handover request carries the first request information, the first request information is used to request the target base station. Locating the reference station information; the transmitting unit 801 receives the first feedback message sent by the target base station, where the first feedback message includes positioning reference station information of the target base station; and the processing unit 802 is configured according to the first feedback The message determines a positioning reference station of the target base station.
一种可能的实施方式,所述指示信息包括下列至少一种:定位辅助数据的类型,GNSS ID,所述源基站的定位参考站信息。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information includes at least one of the following: a type of positioning assistance data, a GNSS ID, and positioning reference station information of the source base station.
一种可能的实施方式,其特征在于,所述请求指示包括下列至少一种所述定位辅助数据的类型,所述GNSS ID,所述源基站的定位参考站信息。A possible implementation, characterized in that the request indication comprises the following types of at least one of the positioning assistance data, the GNSS ID, positioning reference station information of the source base station.
一种可能的实施方式,所述第一定位指示消息包括下列至少一种:GNSS ID,所述目标基站的定位参考站信息。In a possible implementation, the first positioning indication message includes at least one of the following: a GNSS ID, positioning reference station information of the target base station.
所述通信装置800还可具体用于实现图5所述的实施例描述的目标基站侧的方法,由于方法及装置解决问题的原理相似,因此装置与方法的实施可以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述,该装置的结构如图8所示,包括传输单元801和处理单元802,其中:The communication device 800 may also be specifically used to implement the method of the target base station side described in the embodiment of FIG. 5. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method may be mutually referred to, and the repetition is not Further, the structure of the device is as shown in FIG. 8, and includes a transmission unit 801 and a processing unit 802, where:
所述传输单元801,用于接收源基站发送的切换请求,所述切换请求中包含用于请求定位辅助数据的请求消息;向所述源基站发送定位辅助数据或第一定位指示消息,所述第一定位指示消息用于指示所述目标基站的定位参考站与所述源基站的定位参考站相同。The transmitting unit 801 is configured to receive a handover request sent by the source base station, where the handover request includes a request message for requesting positioning assistance data, and send positioning assistance data or a first positioning indication message to the source base station, where The first positioning indication message is used to indicate that the positioning reference station of the target base station is the same as the positioning reference station of the source base station.
一种可能的实施方式,所述传输单元801向所述源基站发送定位辅助数据之前,所述处理单元802根据所述请求消息确定所述源基站的定位参考站,所述请求指示包括所述源基站的定位参考站信息;所述处理单元802确定所述目标基站的定位参考站与源基站的定位参考站不同,其中,所述目标基站的定位参考站是所述目标基站根据所述目标基站的定位辅助数据确定的。In a possible implementation manner, before the transmitting unit 801 sends the positioning assistance data to the source base station, the processing unit 802 determines a positioning reference station of the source base station according to the request message, where the request indication includes the Positioning reference station information of the source base station; the processing unit 802 determines that the positioning reference station of the target base station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station, wherein the positioning reference station of the target base station is the target base station according to the target The positioning assistance data of the base station is determined.
一种可能的实施方式,所述传输单元801向所述源基站第一定位指示消息,所述目标基站根据所述请求消息确定所述源基站的定位参考站,所述请求指示包括所述源基站的定位参考站信息;所述处理单元802确定目标基站的定位参考站与源基站的定位参考站相同时,所述传输单元801向所述源基站发送第一定位指示消息,其中,所述目标基站的定位参考站是所述目标基站根据所述目标基站的定位辅助数据确定的。In a possible implementation manner, the transmitting unit 801 sends a first positioning indication message to the source base station, where the target base station determines a positioning reference station of the source base station according to the request message, where the request indication includes the source Positioning reference station information of the base station; when the processing unit 802 determines that the positioning reference station of the target base station is the same as the positioning reference station of the source base station, the transmitting unit 801 sends a first positioning indication message to the source base station, where the The positioning reference station of the target base station is determined by the target base station according to the positioning assistance data of the target base station.
一种可能的实施方式,若所述切换请求中携带第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述目标基站的定位参考站信息;所述传输单元801向所述源基站发送的第一反馈消息,所述第一反馈消息包括所述目标基站的定位参考站信息;a possible implementation, if the handover request carries the first request information, the first request information is used to request positioning reference station information of the target base station; and the transmitting unit 801 sends the information to the source base station. a first feedback message, where the first feedback message includes positioning reference station information of the target base station;
一种可能的实施方式,所述请求指示包括下列至少一种所述定位辅助数据的类型,所述GNSS ID,所述源基站的定位参考站信息。In a possible implementation manner, the request indication includes at least one type of the positioning assistance data, the GNSS ID, positioning reference station information of the source base station.
一种可能的实施方式,所述第一定位指示消息包括下列至少一种:GNSS ID,所述目标基站的定位参考站信息。In a possible implementation, the first positioning indication message includes at least one of the following: a GNSS ID, positioning reference station information of the target base station.
基于与方法实施例的同一发明构思,本发明实施例提供一种通信装置900,所述通信装置900可以是终端,也可以是终端内的装置(如芯片或芯片系统)。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。通信装置900具体用于实现图5所示的实施例描述的终端设备执行的方法,由于方法及装置解决问题的原理相似,因此装置与方法的实施可以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述,该装置的结构如图9所示,包括传输单元901和处理单元902,其中:Based on the same inventive concept as the method embodiment, the embodiment of the present invention provides a communication device 900, which may be a terminal or a device (such as a chip or a chip system) in the terminal. It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of a chip, and may also include a chip and other discrete devices. The communication device 900 is specifically configured to implement the method performed by the terminal device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method may be referred to each other, and the repeated description is not repeated herein. The structure of the device is as shown in FIG. 9, and includes a transmission unit 901 and a processing unit 902, wherein:
所述处理单元902,用于确定需要进行定位;The processing unit 902 is configured to determine that positioning needs to be performed;
所述传输单元901,用于在所述处理单元902确定需要进行定位时,向源基站发送的指示消息,所述指示消息用于指示所述终端设备需要定位辅助数据;以及接收所述源基站发送的定位辅助数据。The transmitting unit 901 is configured to: when the processing unit 902 determines that the positioning needs to be performed, send an indication message to the source base station, where the indication message is used to indicate that the terminal device needs to locate the auxiliary data; and receive the source base station. The positioning assistance data sent.
一种可能的实施方式,所述传输单元901接收所述源基站发送的定位辅助数据之后,所述处理单元902根据所述定位辅助数据确定目标基站的定位参考站;所述处理单元902根据已接收的所述源基站发送定位辅助数据确定所述源基站的定位参考站;所述处理单元902确定目标基站的定位参考站与源基站的定位参考站相同时,删除所述定位辅助数据,否则,保存所述定位辅助数据。a possible implementation manner, after the transmitting unit 901 receives the positioning assistance data sent by the source base station, the processing unit 902 determines a positioning reference station of the target base station according to the positioning assistance data; The received source base station sends the positioning assistance data to determine the positioning reference station of the source base station; the processing unit 902 determines that the positioning reference station of the target base station is the same as the positioning reference station of the source base station, and deletes the positioning assistance data, otherwise And save the positioning assistance data.
本申请实施例中对单元的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理器中,也可以是单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个模块中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。The division of the unit in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner. In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing. In the device, it may be physically existed alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one module. The above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software function module.
该集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台终端设备(可以是个人计算机,手机,或者网络设备等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例该方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The integrated unit, if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present application, in essence or the contribution to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium. A number of instructions are included to cause a terminal device (which may be a personal computer, a cell phone, or a network device, etc.) or a processor to perform all or part of the steps of the method of various embodiments of the present application. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program code. .
在本申请实施例中,终端设备均可以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定ASIC,电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。在一个简单的实施例中,本领域的技术人员可以想到所述终端设备可以采用图10所示的形式。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal devices may be presented in an integrated manner to divide the form of each functional module. A "module" herein may refer to a particular ASIC, circuitry, processor and memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuitry, and/or other devices that provide the functionality described above. In a simple embodiment, those skilled in the art will appreciate that the terminal device can take the form shown in FIG.
如图10所示的通信装置1100,包括至少一个处理器1001、存储器1002,可选的,还可以包括收发器1003。The communication device 1100 shown in FIG. 10 includes at least one processor 1001, a memory 1002, and optionally, a transceiver 1003.
存储器1002可以是易失性存储器,例如随机存取存储器;存储器也可以是非易失性存储器,例如只读存储器,快闪存储器,硬盘(hard disk drive,HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive,SSD)、或者存储器1002是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器1002可以是上述存储器的组合。The memory 1002 may be a volatile memory such as a random access memory; the memory may also be a non-volatile memory such as a read only memory, a flash memory, a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid state drive (solid-state drive, SSD), or memory 1002, is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto. The memory 1002 may be a combination of the above memories.
本申请实施例中不限定上述处理器1001以及存储器1002之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图中以存储器1002和处理器1001之间通过总线1004连接,总线1004在图中以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。该总线1004可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图10中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。The specific connection medium between the processor 1001 and the memory 1002 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The embodiment of the present application is connected between the memory 1002 and the processor 1001 through the bus 1004 in the figure. The bus 1004 is indicated by a thick line in the figure, and the connection manner between other components is only for illustrative description, and is not cited. Limited. The bus 1004 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in FIG. 10, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
处理器1001可以具有数据收发功能,能够与其他设备进行通信,在如图10装置中,也可以设置独立的数据收发模块,例如收发器1003,用于收发数据;处理器1001在与其他设备进行通信时,可以通过收发器1003进行数据传输。The processor 1001 can have a data transceiving function and can communicate with other devices. In the device of FIG. 10, an independent data transceiving module, such as the transceiver 1003, can be configured to transmit and receive data. The processor 1001 is in communication with other devices. When communicating, data can be transmitted through the transceiver 1003.
当终端设备采用图10所示的形式时,图10中的处理器1001可以通过调用存储器1002中存储的计算机执行指令,使得所述通信装置可以执行上述任一方法实施例中的终端设备执行的方法。When the terminal device adopts the form shown in FIG. 10, the processor 1001 in FIG. 10 can execute an instruction by calling a computer stored in the memory 1002, so that the communication device can execute the terminal device executed in any of the above method embodiments. method.
具体的,图6、图7和图9中的选择单元、传输单元和处理单元的功能/实现过程均可以通过图10中的处理器1001调用存储器1002中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。或者,图6、图7和图9中的选择单元、处理单元的功能/实现过程可以通过图10中的处理器1001调用存储器1002中存储的计算机执行指令来实现,图7和图9中的传输单元的功能/实现过程可以通过图10中的收发器1003来实现。Specifically, the function/implementation process of the selection unit, the transmission unit, and the processing unit in FIG. 6, FIG. 7, and FIG. 9 can be implemented by the processor 1001 in FIG. 10 calling the computer execution instruction stored in the memory 1002. Alternatively, the function/implementation process of the selection unit and the processing unit in FIG. 6, FIG. 7, and FIG. 9 can be implemented by the processor 1001 in FIG. 10 calling the computer execution instruction stored in the memory 1002, in FIG. 7 and FIG. The function/implementation process of the transmission unit can be implemented by the transceiver 1003 in FIG.
其中,所述处理器1001可以包括一个或多个CPU。通信装置1000可以包括多个处理器1001。The processor 1001 may include one or more CPUs. The communication device 1000 can include a plurality of processors 1001.
在本申请实施例中,基站(包括源基站和目标基站)均可以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定ASIC,电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。在一个简单的实施例中,本领域的技术人员可以想到所述基站可以采用图11所示的形式。In the embodiment of the present application, the base station (including the source base station and the target base station) can be presented in an integrated manner to divide the form of each functional module. A "module" herein may refer to a particular ASIC, circuitry, processor and memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuitry, and/or other devices that provide the functionality described above. In a simple embodiment, those skilled in the art will appreciate that the base station can take the form shown in FIG.
如图11所示的通信装置1100,包括至少一个处理器1101、存储器1102,可选的,还可以包括通信接口1103。The communication device 1100 shown in FIG. 11 includes at least one processor 1101, a memory 1102, and optionally, a communication interface 1103.
存储器1102可以是易失性存储器,例如随机存取存储器;存储器也可以是非易失性存储器,例如只读存储器,快闪存储器,硬盘(hard disk drive,HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive,SSD)、或者存储器1102是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器1102可以是上述存储器的组合。The memory 1102 can be a volatile memory, such as a random access memory; the memory can also be a non-volatile memory, such as a read only memory, a flash memory, a hard disk drive (HDD), or a solid state drive (solid-state drive, SSD), or memory 1102, is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto. The memory 1102 can be a combination of the above memories.
本申请实施例中不限定上述处理器1101以及存储器1102之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图中以存储器1102和处理器1101之间通过总线1104连接,总线1104在图中以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。该总线1104可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图11中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。The specific connection medium between the processor 1101 and the memory 1102 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. In the figure, the memory 1102 and the processor 1101 are connected by a bus 1104 in the figure. The bus 1104 is shown by a thick line in the figure, and the connection manner between other components is only for illustrative description, and is not cited. Limited. The bus 1104 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 11, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
处理器1101可以具有数据收发功能,能够与其他设备进行通信,在如图11装置中,也可以设置独立的数据收发模块,例如通信接口1103,用于收发数据;处理器1101在与其他设备进行通信时,可以通过通信接口1103进行数据传输。The processor 1101 can have a data transceiving function and can communicate with other devices. In the device of FIG. 11, an independent data transceiving module, such as a communication interface 1103, can be provided for transmitting and receiving data; the processor 1101 performs with other devices. When communicating, data can be transmitted through the communication interface 1103.
当基站采用图11所示的形式时,图11中的处理器1101可以通过调用存储器1102中存储的计算机执行指令,使得所述通信装置可以执行上述任一方法实施例中的基站(包括源基站和目标基站)执行的方法。When the base station adopts the form shown in FIG. 11, the processor 1101 in FIG. 11 can execute an instruction by calling a computer stored in the memory 1102, so that the communication device can execute the base station (including the source base station) in any of the above method embodiments. And the method performed by the target base station).
具体的,图8中的传输单元和处理单元的功能/实现过程均可以通过图11中的处理器1101调用存储器1102中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。或者,图8中的=处理单元的功能/实现过程可以通过图11中的处理器1101调用存储器1102中存储的计算机执行指令来实现,图8中的传输单元的功能/实现过程可以通过图11中的通信接口1103来实现。Specifically, the function/implementation process of the transmission unit and the processing unit in FIG. 8 can be implemented by the processor 1101 in FIG. 11 calling the computer execution instruction stored in the memory 1102. Alternatively, the function/implementation process of the = processing unit in FIG. 8 can be implemented by the processor 1101 in FIG. 11 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 1102, and the function/implementation process of the transmission unit in FIG. 8 can be performed through FIG. The communication interface 1103 is implemented.
其中,所述处理器1101可以包括一个或多个CPU。通信装置1100可以包括多个处理器1101。The processor 1101 may include one or more CPUs. The communication device 1100 can include a plurality of processors 1101.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that embodiments of the present application can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Thus, the present application can take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment in combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the application can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
本申请是参照根据本申请的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The present application is described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (systems), and computer program products according to the present application. It will be understood that each flow and/or block of the flowchart illustrations and/or FIG. These computer program instructions can be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine for the execution of instructions for execution by a processor of a computer or other programmable data processing device. Means for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of the flow chart.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。The computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device. The apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device. The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various modifications and changes can be made in the present application without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. Thus, it is intended that the present invention cover the modifications and variations of the present invention.

Claims (30)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    终端设备从候选小区集合中选择一个候选小区作为目标小区,所述候选小区集合包含至少一个候选小区;The terminal device selects one candidate cell as the target cell from the set of candidate cells, where the candidate cell set includes at least one candidate cell;
    所述终端设备从源小区重选到所述目标小区中,其中所述目标小区为支持定位服务的小区,所述源小区为所述终端设备在小区重选前驻留的小区。The terminal device is reselected from the source cell to the target cell, where the target cell is a cell that supports a positioning service, and the source cell is a cell that the terminal device camps before the cell reselection.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标小区为所述候选小区集合中优先级最高的候选小区。The method according to claim 1, wherein the target cell is a candidate cell with the highest priority among the candidate cell sets.
  3. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标小区为所述候选小区集合中基于R准则计算的R值最高的候选小区,所述目标小区的R值高于所述源小区的R值,所述候选小区的基于R准则计算的R值是根据所述候选小区的定位偏置量确定的。The method according to claim 1, wherein the target cell is a candidate cell with the highest R value calculated based on the R criterion in the candidate cell set, and the R value of the target cell is higher than that of the source cell. The R value, the R value calculated by the R criterion based on the candidate cell is determined according to the positioning offset of the candidate cell.
  4. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述优先级是所述终端设备从系统广播或单播中获得的。The method of claim 2 wherein said priority is obtained by said terminal device from system broadcast or unicast.
  5. 如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述定位偏置量是所述终端设备从系统广播或单播中获得的。The method of claim 3 wherein said positioning offset is obtained by said terminal device from system broadcast or unicast.
  6. 如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述源小区的R值计算符合下述公式要求:The method according to claim 3, wherein the R value calculation of the source cell meets the following formula requirements:
    R s=Q meas,s+Q Hyst-Qoffset temp+offsetpos R s =Q meas,s +Q Hyst -Qoffset temp +offsetpos
    其中,Q meas,s为所述源小区的参考信号接收功率RSRP测量值,Q Hyst为所述源小区的迟滞量,Qoffset temp为所述源小区的临时补偿值,Offsetposi为所述源小区的定位偏置量; Where Q meas, s is the reference signal received power RSRP measurement value of the source cell, Q Hyst is the hysteresis amount of the source cell, Qoffset temp is the temporary compensation value of the source cell, and Offsetposi is the source cell Positioning offset
    所述候选小区的R值计算符合下述公式要求:The R value calculation of the candidate cell meets the following formula requirements:
    R n=Q meas,n-Qoffset-Qoffset temp+offsetpos R n =Q meas,n -Qoffset-Qoffset temp +offsetpos
    其中,Q meas,n为所述候选小区的RSRP测量值,Qoffset为所述候选小区的偏移量,Qoffset temp表示对所述候选小区的临时补偿值,Offsetposi为所述候选小区的定位偏置量。 Where Q meas, n is the RSRP measurement value of the candidate cell, Qoffset is the offset of the candidate cell, Qoffset temp represents the temporary compensation value for the candidate cell, and Offsetposi is the positioning offset of the candidate cell. the amount.
  7. 如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述源小区的R值计算符合下述公式要求:The method according to claim 3, wherein the R value calculation of the source cell meets the following formula requirements:
    R s=Q meas,s+Q Hyst-Qoffset temp-offsetpos R s =Q meas,s +Q Hyst -Qoffset temp -offsetpos
    其中,Q meas,s为所述源小区的RSRP测量值,Q Hyst为所述源小区的迟滞量,Qoffset temp为所述源小区的临时补偿值,Offsetpos为所述源小区的定位偏置量; Where Q meas, s is the RSRP measurement value of the source cell, Q Hyst is the hysteresis amount of the source cell, Qoffset temp is the temporary compensation value of the source cell, and Offsetpos is the positioning offset of the source cell. ;
    所述候选小区的R值计算符合下述公式要求:The R value calculation of the candidate cell meets the following formula requirements:
    R n=Q meas,n-Qoffset-Qoffset temp-offsetpos R n =Q meas,n -Qoffset-Qoffset temp -offsetpos
    其中,Q meas,n为所述候选小区的RSRP测量值,Qoffset为所述候选小区的偏移量,Qoffset temp表示对所述候选小区的临时补偿值,Offsetpos为所述候选小区的定位偏置量。 Wherein, Q meas, n is an RSRP measurement value of the candidate cell, Qoffset is an offset of the candidate cell, Qoffset temp represents a temporary compensation value for the candidate cell, and Offsetpos is a positioning offset of the candidate cell. the amount.
  8. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    终端设备接收第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据,其中,所述第一定位辅助数据为所述终端设备从源小区重选到所述目标小区之前所述目标小区发送的定位辅助数据,所述第二定位辅助数据为所述终端设备从所述源小区重选到所述目标小区之后所述目标小区发送的定位辅助数据;The terminal device receives the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data, where the first positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the target device before the terminal device reselects from the source cell to the target cell, The second positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data sent by the target cell after the terminal device reselects from the source cell to the target cell;
    所述终端设备根据所述第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据进行定位。The terminal device performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data.
  9. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据进行定位之前,还包括:The method of claim 8, wherein before the positioning, by the terminal device, according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data, the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站不同。The terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is different from the positioning reference station of the source cell.
  10. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 8 wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同;Determining, by the terminal device, that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell;
    所述终端设备根据所述第二定位辅助数据和第三定位辅助数据进行定位,其中,所述第三定位辅助数据是所述终端设备保存的、在所述终端设备重选到所述目标小区之前所述源小区发送的定位辅助数据。The terminal device performs positioning according to the second positioning assistance data and the third positioning assistance data, where the third positioning assistance data is saved by the terminal device, and the terminal device is reselected to the target cell. The positioning assistance data sent by the source cell before.
  11. 如权利要求9或10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备确定所述目标小区的定位参考站和所述源小区的定位参考站,包括:The method according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the determining, by the terminal device, the positioning reference station of the target cell and the positioning reference station of the source cell comprises:
    所述终端设备根据所述第一定位辅助数据确定所述目标小区的定位参考站;Determining, by the terminal device, a positioning reference station of the target cell according to the first positioning assistance data;
    所述终端设备根据第三定位辅助数据所述源小区的定位参考站,所述第三定位辅助数据是所述终端设备保存的、在所述终端设备重选到所述目标小区之前所述源小区发送的定位辅助数据。Determining, by the terminal device, the positioning reference station of the source cell according to the third positioning assistance data, where the third positioning assistance data is saved by the terminal device, before the terminal device reselects to the target cell Location assistance data sent by the cell.
  12. 如权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述第一定位辅助数据确定所述目标小区的定位参考站之前,还包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein the determining, by the terminal device, the positioning reference station of the target cell according to the first positioning assistance data further comprises:
    所述终端设备确定所述目标小区满足下列条件的部分或全部:The terminal device determines that the target cell meets part or all of the following conditions:
    所述目标小区的信号质量大于设定阈值;The signal quality of the target cell is greater than a set threshold;
    所述目标小区的优先级高于所述源小区的优先级;The priority of the target cell is higher than the priority of the source cell;
    所述目标小区的R值高于所所述源小区的的R值;The R value of the target cell is higher than the R value of the source cell;
    所述目标小区支持定位服务。The target cell supports a location service.
  13. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定位辅助数据和所述第二定位辅助数据是所述目标小区单播或广播的,所述第三定位辅助数据是所述源小区单播或广播的。The method according to claim 8, wherein the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data are unicast or broadcasted by the target cell, and the third positioning assistance data is the source The cell is unicast or broadcast.
  14. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同之后,还包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein after the terminal device determines that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell, the terminal device further includes:
    所述终端设备删除所述第一定位辅助数据。The terminal device deletes the first positioning assistance data.
  15. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    终端设备从源小区切换到目标小区之后,所述终端设备保存第一定位辅助数据,所述第一定位辅助数据是所述终端设备从所述源小区切换到所述目标小区之前所述源小区发送的定位辅助数据;After the terminal device is switched from the source cell to the target cell, the terminal device stores first positioning assistance data, where the first positioning assistance data is the source cell before the terminal device switches from the source cell to the target cell Positioning assistance data sent;
    所述终端设备在确定目标小区的定位参考站与源小区的定位参考站不同后,所述终端设备根据所述第一定位辅助数据进行定位。After determining that the positioning reference station of the target cell is different from the positioning reference station of the source cell, the terminal device performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data.
  16. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 15 wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备确定所述目标小区的定位参考站与所述源小区的定位参考站相同;Determining, by the terminal device, that the positioning reference station of the target cell is the same as the positioning reference station of the source cell;
    所述终端设备根据所述第一定位辅助数据和第二定位辅助数据进行定位,所述第二定位辅助数据是所述终端设备从所述源小区切换到所述目标小区之后接收的所述目标小区发送的定位辅助数据。The terminal device performs positioning according to the first positioning assistance data and the second positioning assistance data, where the second positioning assistance data is the target that is received after the terminal device switches from the source cell to the target cell. Location assistance data sent by the cell.
  17. 如权利要求15或16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备确定目标小区的定位参考站和源小区的定位参考站,包括:The method according to claim 15 or 16, wherein the terminal device determines a positioning reference station of the target cell and a positioning reference station of the source cell, including:
    所述终端设备根据所述第一定位辅助数据确定所述源小区的定位参考站;Determining, by the terminal device, a positioning reference station of the source cell according to the first positioning assistance data;
    所述终端设备根据第二定位辅助数据确定所述目标小区的定位参考站,所述第二定位辅助数据是所述终端设备从所述源小区切换到所述目标小区之后接收的所述目标小区发送的定位辅助数据。Determining, by the terminal device, the positioning reference station of the target cell according to the second positioning assistance data, where the second positioning assistance data is the target cell that is received after the terminal device switches from the source cell to the target cell The positioning assistance data sent.
  18. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述第一定位辅助数据进行定位之后,还包括:The method according to claim 15, wherein after the positioning by the terminal device according to the first positioning assistance data, the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备根据所述第二定位辅助数据进行定位,停止根据所述第一定位辅助数据进行定位。The terminal device performs positioning according to the second positioning assistance data, and stops positioning according to the first positioning assistance data.
  19. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,该方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    源基站接收到终端设备发送的指示消息,所述指示消息用于指示所述终端设备需要定位辅助数据;Receiving, by the source base station, an indication message sent by the terminal device, where the indication message is used to indicate that the terminal device needs to locate the auxiliary data;
    所述源基站在确定需要切换小区时,向目标基站发送切换请求,所述切换请求中包含用于请求定位辅助数据的请求指示;The source base station sends a handover request to the target base station when determining that the cell needs to be switched, where the handover request includes a request indication for requesting positioning assistance data;
    所述源基站接收所述目标基站发送的定位辅助数据或第一定位指示消息,所述第一定位指示消息用于指示所述目标基站的定位参考站与所述源基站的定位参考站相同。The source base station receives the positioning assistance data or the first positioning indication message sent by the target base station, where the first positioning indication message is used to indicate that the positioning reference station of the target base station is the same as the positioning reference station of the source base station.
  20. 如权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述源基站接收所述目标基站发送的定位辅助数据之后,还包括:The method according to claim 19, wherein after the source base station receives the positioning assistance data sent by the target base station, the method further includes:
    所述源基站将所述定位辅助数据发送给所述终端设备。The source base station sends the positioning assistance data to the terminal device.
  21. 如权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述源基站接收所述目标基站发送的定位辅助数据之后,所述源基站将所述定位辅助数据发送给所述终端设备之前,还包括:The method according to claim 20, wherein, after the source base station receives the positioning assistance data sent by the target base station, before the source base station sends the positioning assistance data to the terminal device, the method further includes:
    所述源基站确定所述目标基站的定位参考站;Determining, by the source base station, a positioning reference station of the target base station;
    所述源基站确定所述目标基站的定位参考站与所述源基站的定位参考站不同,其中,所述源基站的定位参考站是所述源基站根据所述源基站的定位辅助数据确定的。The source base station determines that the positioning reference station of the target base station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station, where the positioning reference station of the source base station is determined by the source base station according to the positioning assistance data of the source base station. .
  22. 如权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述源基站确定所述目标基站的定位参考站,包括:The method according to claim 21, wherein the determining, by the source base station, the positioning reference station of the target base station comprises:
    所述源基站根据所述目标基站发送的定位辅助数据确定所述目标基站的定位参考站。The source base station determines a positioning reference station of the target base station according to the positioning assistance data sent by the target base station.
  23. 如权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述源基站确定所述目标基站的定位参考站,包括:The method according to claim 21, wherein the determining, by the source base station, the positioning reference station of the target base station comprises:
    若所述切换请求中携带第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述目标基站的定位参考站信息;If the handover request carries the first request information, the first request information is used to request positioning reference station information of the target base station;
    所述源基站接收所述目标基站发送的第一反馈消息,所述第一反馈消息包括所述目标基站的定位参考站信息;Receiving, by the source base station, a first feedback message sent by the target base station, where the first feedback message includes positioning reference station information of the target base station;
    所述源基站根据所述第一反馈消息确定所述目标基站的定位参考站。The source base station determines a positioning reference station of the target base station according to the first feedback message.
  24. 如权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括下列至少一种:定位辅助数据的类型,全球卫星导航系统标识GNSS ID,所述源基站的定位参考站信息。The method of claim 19, wherein the indication information comprises at least one of: a type of positioning assistance data, a global satellite navigation system identification GNSS ID, and positioning reference station information of the source base station.
  25. 如权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述请求指示包括下列至少一种:所述定位辅助数据的类型,所述GNSS ID,所述源基站的定位参考站信息。The method of claim 19, wherein the request indication comprises at least one of: a type of the positioning assistance data, the GNSS ID, positioning reference station information of the source base station.
  26. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,该方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    目标基站接收到源基站发送的切换请求,所述切换请求中包含用于请求定位辅助数据的请求消息;Receiving, by the target base station, a handover request sent by the source base station, where the handover request includes a request message for requesting positioning assistance data;
    所述目标基站向所述源基站发送定位辅助数据或第一定位指示消息,所述第一定位指示消息用于指示所述目标基站的定位参考站与所述源基站的定位参考站相同。The target base station sends the positioning assistance data or the first positioning indication message to the source base station, where the first positioning indication message is used to indicate that the positioning reference station of the target base station is the same as the positioning reference station of the source base station.
  27. 如权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标基站向所述源基站发送定位辅助数据之前,还包括:The method according to claim 26, wherein before the target base station sends the positioning assistance data to the source base station, the method further includes:
    所述目标基站根据所述请求消息确定所述源基站的定位参考站,所述请求指示包括所述源基站的定位参考站信息;Determining, by the target base station, a positioning reference station of the source base station according to the request message, where the request indication includes positioning reference station information of the source base station;
    所述目标基站确定所述目标基站的定位参考站与源基站的定位参考站不同,其中,所述目标基站的定位参考站是所述目标基站根据所述目标基站的定位辅助数据确定的。The target base station determines that the positioning reference station of the target base station is different from the positioning reference station of the source base station, wherein the positioning reference station of the target base station is determined by the target base station according to the positioning assistance data of the target base station.
  28. 如权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标基站向所述源基站发送第一定位指示消息,包括:The method of claim 26, wherein the sending, by the target base station, the first location indication message to the source base station comprises:
    所述目标基站根据所述请求消息确定所述源基站的定位参考站,所述请求指示包括所述源基站的定位参考站信息;Determining, by the target base station, a positioning reference station of the source base station according to the request message, where the request indication includes positioning reference station information of the source base station;
    所述目标基站确定目标基站的定位参考站与源基站的定位参考站相同时,向所述源基站第一定位指示消息,其中,所述目标基站的定位参考站是所述目标基站根据所述目标基站的定位辅助数据确定的。When the target base station determines that the positioning reference station of the target base station is the same as the positioning reference station of the source base station, the first positioning indication message is sent to the source base station, where the positioning reference station of the target base station is the target base station according to the The positioning assistance data of the target base station is determined.
  29. 如权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 26, wherein the method further comprises:
    若所述切换请求中携带第一请求信息,所述第一请求信息用于请求所述目标基站的定位参考站信息;If the handover request carries the first request information, the first request information is used to request positioning reference station information of the target base station;
    所述目标基站向所述源基站发送的第一反馈消息,所述第一反馈消息包括所述目标基站的定位参考站信息。a first feedback message sent by the target base station to the source base station, where the first feedback message includes positioning reference station information of the target base station.
  30. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    处理器,用于与存储器耦合,从所述存储器中读取指令,执行所述指令以实现如权利要求1-29中任一所述的方法。A processor for coupling with a memory, reading instructions from the memory, executing the instructions to implement the method of any of claims 1-29.
PCT/CN2018/082055 2018-04-04 2018-04-04 Communication method and apparatus WO2019192000A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2018/082055 WO2019192000A1 (en) 2018-04-04 2018-04-04 Communication method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2018/082055 WO2019192000A1 (en) 2018-04-04 2018-04-04 Communication method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019192000A1 true WO2019192000A1 (en) 2019-10-10

Family

ID=68099802

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/082055 WO2019192000A1 (en) 2018-04-04 2018-04-04 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2019192000A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1278397A (en) * 1997-10-29 2000-12-27 艾利森公司 Channel resource utilization during positioning handover
CN102958123A (en) * 2011-08-30 2013-03-06 阿尔卡特朗讯公司 Method, wireless communication system and device for switching mobile terminal into target cell
CN105228200A (en) * 2015-10-08 2016-01-06 西南交通大学 The fast cell changing method that a kind of network assistance UE controls and device

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1278397A (en) * 1997-10-29 2000-12-27 艾利森公司 Channel resource utilization during positioning handover
CN102958123A (en) * 2011-08-30 2013-03-06 阿尔卡特朗讯公司 Method, wireless communication system and device for switching mobile terminal into target cell
CN105228200A (en) * 2015-10-08 2016-01-06 西南交通大学 The fast cell changing method that a kind of network assistance UE controls and device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR102352582B1 (en) Wireless communication method and system for network slicing
CN111432469B (en) Communication method and related device
US11026127B2 (en) Method and apparatus for inter-system change in wireless communication
KR102242297B1 (en) Method and apparatus for performing a cell specific procedure for network slice-based NR in a wireless communication system
CN108886758B (en) Terminal device, base station device, Mobility Management Entity (MME), and communication control method
RU2668071C1 (en) Communication optimization method and device
KR101654139B1 (en) Method and apparatus for managing ue history information at wireless communication network
KR102277261B1 (en) Method and apparatus for proximity service discovery to provide proximity service
EP2260665B1 (en) Avoiding excessive signaling during wireless terminal toggling
CN108668357B (en) Location area management method and device
KR20160054457A (en) Method of obtaining rru information by bbu, and bbu
US11856413B2 (en) Coverage enhancement CE function implementation method and device
CN102111748B (en) Method and system for establishing local internet protocol (IP) connection
WO2014186968A1 (en) Location area management method and core network controller
WO2017148339A1 (en) Network connection control method and device
EP3525520B1 (en) Method and terminal for network switching
WO2022067643A1 (en) Cell selection method and apparatus, and paging method and apparatus
US9241352B2 (en) Method for establishing a connection between a node of a communication system and a node of a data service network in a wireless communication system
KR20180132851A (en) A method, apparatus, and system for handling dedicated core network transitions
KR20190103383A (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2016095113A1 (en) Paging method, mobility management entity, and base station
US11184875B2 (en) Paging method and apparatus for wireless communication
WO2015083063A2 (en) Non-paging base stations in lte systems
EP4250817A1 (en) Cell selection method and apparatus
WO2017000165A1 (en) Neighbouring cell determination method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18913758

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18913758

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1